From 38da7d994359b2f7f82f9ed7e7135e8b73276503 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sean Davis Date: Wed, 13 Apr 2022 05:53:50 -0400 Subject: [PATCH] Update .pot files --- contributor-docs/po/contributor-docs.pot | 6 +- user-docs/po/user-docs.pot | 5876 +++++++++++++--------- 2 files changed, 3476 insertions(+), 2406 deletions(-) diff --git a/contributor-docs/po/contributor-docs.pot b/contributor-docs/po/contributor-docs.pot index 7154cde3..b23f927a 100644 --- a/contributor-docs/po/contributor-docs.pot +++ b/contributor-docs/po/contributor-docs.pot @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-07-08 17:34-0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-13 05:51-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -1698,7 +1698,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para #: contributor-docs/C/qa-bugs.xml:54 -msgid "After you have made yourself familiar with the aspects of triaging bugs, you can start triaging <_:ulink-1/>. Please note that the bug status and importance can only be changed by members of the <_:ulink-2/> team #8211 in the beginning, you will need to report triaged bugs for the team in #ubuntu-bugs on Freenode. After you have demonstrated your ability to triage bugs, you will gain more responsibilities from the Bug Control team." +msgid "After you have made yourself familiar with the aspects of triaging bugs, you can start triaging <_:ulink-1/>. Please note that the bug status and importance can only be changed by members of the <_:ulink-2/> team #8211 in the beginning, you will need to report triaged bugs for the team in #ubuntu-bugs on Libera. After you have demonstrated your ability to triage bugs, you will gain more responsibilities from the Bug Control team." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para @@ -1854,7 +1854,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: contributor-docs/C/qa-infra.xml:53 -msgid "Install the ISO to hardware where that possibility is available. This is more important towards the end of the development cycle. You will necessarily need to have the ISO in some bootable medium. A member of Xubuntu's Website team details a simple method for preparing a bootable <_:ulink-1/> stick with Gnome Disks." +msgid "Install the ISO to hardware where that possibility is available. This is more important towards the end of the development cycle. You will necessarily need to have the ISO in some bootable medium. A member of Xubuntu's Website team details a simple method for preparing a bootable <_:ulink-1/> stick with GNOME Disks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: para/ulink diff --git a/user-docs/po/user-docs.pot b/user-docs/po/user-docs.pot index bd5791b5..1458335e 100644 --- a/user-docs/po/user-docs.pot +++ b/user-docs/po/user-docs.pot @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-07-08 17:34-0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-13 05:51-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -9,254 +9,6 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:14 -msgid "Administrative tasks" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:16 -msgid "For security reasons, administrative tasks in Xubuntu can only be performed by users with special administrative privileges. The first user account created during installation will, by default, be able to perform administrative tasks." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:18 -msgid "When you run an application that requires administrative privileges, you will be asked to enter your user password. This helps to protect your system from malicious files and lessens the chances that you will accidentally select options which may change the way your system works." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:20 -msgid "Each time you type your password, the system remembers it for 15 minutes so that you do not have to type it again." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:22 -msgid "Users must be a member of the 'sudo' group in order to carry out administrative operations. Information on how to change groups can be found below." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:25 -msgid "Users and groups" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:27 -msgid "When Xubuntu is installed, only one user account is created. If multiple users use the computer, it is highly encouraged to create separate user accounts for everybody. This allows users to have their individual settings, files and access rights." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='../libs/images/icon_menu.png' md5='65599cdf4480dbc3d1bfa2154c0a255d'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='../libs/images/preferences-desktop.png' md5='50af8eb87047c848e38291e5616ad45b'" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:29 -msgid "To modify the users or groups on your system, navigate to Settings ManagerUsers and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:31 -msgid "You need administrative rights to make changes to users and groups." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:34 -msgid "Managing users" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:36 -msgid "To add a new user:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:39 -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:66 -msgid "Click the Add button" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:40 -msgid "Enter you password" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:41 -msgid "Fill in the Name and Username" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:42 -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:70 -msgid "Click the OK button" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:45 -msgid "If you want to give a user administrative rights to the system:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:48 -msgid "Select the user whose account type you want to change and press the Change... button" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:49 -msgid "Enter your password if prompted to do so" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:50 -msgid "Select the Administrator option (or select Desktop User to revert)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:51 -msgid "Press OK to apply the selected changes" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:54 -msgid "For more fine-grained access control, click the Advanced Settings button in the User Settings dialog, enter your password, click the User Privileges tab and from there select or deselect wanted capabilities." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:56 -msgid "To remove a user from the system, select the user you want to delete and click the Delete button." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:60 -msgid "Managing groups" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:62 -msgid "To add a new group:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:65 -msgid "Click the Manage Groups button" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:67 -msgid "Enter your password" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:68 -msgid "Choose a name for the new group and, if you want, change the default value for the Group ID" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:69 -msgid "At this time, you have the option of selecting Group Members from the list" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/administrative-tasks.xml:73 -msgid "To remove a group from the system, click on the Manage Groups button, select the group you want to delete and click the Delete button." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: appendix/title #: user-docs/C/appendix-packages.xml:14 msgid "Application table" @@ -505,7 +257,9 @@ msgid "Lightweight user-configuration application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: user-docs/C/appendix-packages.xml:40 +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:17 msgid "Network Connections" msgstr "" @@ -661,23 +415,79 @@ msgid "Panel plugin for the indicators (<_:literal-1/>, <_:literal-2/>)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:14 -msgid "The command line" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:16 -msgid "While Xubuntu, including the default applications and the applications in the Ubuntu repositories, comes with graphical user interfaces to accomplish most tasks, sometimes you might want or need to use a command line to achieve your goal - or just achieve it faster." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:18 -msgid "To start the default terminal emulator and get to the command line, either:" +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:15 +msgid "Default Applications" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:21 -msgid "Navigate to AccessoriesTerminal Emulator" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/icon_menu.png' md5='65599cdf4480dbc3d1bfa2154c0a255d'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata @@ -685,369 +495,505 @@ msgstr "" #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:0 #: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:0 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/icon_key.png' md5='3b74de7a9c7025bf740f5ff3657f34d2'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:22 -msgid "Press Alt+F2 and run xfce4-terminal" +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:17 +msgid "Xubuntu comes with a collection of preinstalled applications curated by the Xubuntu team which are accessible from the Applications Menu (Ctrl+Escape) as well as the Application Finder (Alt+F3 or Super+R)." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:25 -msgid "There is a great tutorial on using the command line in the Ubuntu community wiki." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/icon_favorites.png' md5='c3221cb0ed69068d2ff0c648a4daa539'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:28 -msgid "Running commands with administrative rights" +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:20 +msgid "Favorites " msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:30 -msgid "When working on the command line, any command can be run as an administrator by prefixing the command with sudo. Sudo will remember your password for 15 minutes to allow you to perform multiple administrative tasks without being prompted for a password each time." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:32 -msgid "If the program you wish to run as an administrator is graphical, such as the Mousepad text editor, run the command prefixed with pkexec in the command line. For example, to run Mousepad with administrative rights, run the command pkexec mousepad /path/to/file." +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:22 +msgid "By default, Xubuntu displays a number of commonly used applications in the Favorites category of the Applications Menu. These applications include the software manager, word processor, and help documentation, as well as the default web browser and file manager. To add or remove entries from the Favorites category, right-click on an application entry and select the Add to Favorites or Remove from Favorites entry in the context menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:34 -msgid "Please note that for an application to run successfully with pkexec, it will need to ship a pkexec policy file. All default applications in Xubuntu that might need to be ran with administrative rights come with pkexec policy files." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:36 -msgid "Be careful when using sudo; you might damage your system if you type the wrong command! As a general rule, only use sudo when absolutely necessary. When you use sudo from a terminal, be sure to either close it when you have finished, or type exit to continue using that terminal with normal access powers." +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:24 +msgid "To change the default web browser, mail reader, file manager, terminal emulator and more, open the Default Applications app." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:38 -msgid "For more information on sudo, see the sudo page on the Ubuntu community wiki." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/icon_accessories.png' md5='918356d486f6aa888a076a714ef27701'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:42 -msgid "Common commands" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:44 -msgid "Basic terminal commands are outlined below (square brackets indicate substitutions):" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:48 -msgid "Command" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:48 -msgid "What it does?" +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:29 +msgid "Accessories " msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:48 -msgid "Syntax" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:49 -msgid "apt-cache" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/org.xfce.catfish.png' md5='d951624c5262725cdda0d8bf73cf9183'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:49 -msgid "Shows information about the packages in the repository. Common commands are the search and show commands" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:31 +msgid " Catfish is a file search utility that is able to locate files by name, text content and more. It provides external search capability to the Thunar file manager." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:49 -msgid "apt-cache search web browser or apt-cache show firefox" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:33 +msgid "Links: Website, Documentation, Donate" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:50 -msgid "apt-get" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:50 -msgid "Manages packages in apt. Common commands are install to install a package, remove to remove a package, purge to remove a package and the configuration, and autoremove which will also remove unneeded packages" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:50 -msgid "apt-get [command] [package]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:51 -msgid "cat" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:51 -msgid "Joins (concatenates) two or more files" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:51 -msgid "cat [file1] [file2] ... > [output file]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:52 -msgid "cd" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:52 -msgid "Changes to another directory" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/icon_package.png' md5='15cff8b23f9cf506a7b7e8f98f1289ac'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:52 -msgid "cd [directory]" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:35 +msgid "Alternatives: MATE Search (mate-utils), FSearch, ANGRYsearch, Recoll" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:53 -msgid "cp" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:37 +msgid "The search results can be enhanced by the installation of zeitgeist user activity logging service (zeitgeist)." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:53 -msgid "Copies a file (or files) to a directory or to overwrite another file" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/org.mate.engrampa.png' md5='2d4e86d7f2d611ee724bbf3f1ce192e2'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:53 -msgid "cp [file(s)] [directory]" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:39 +msgid " Engrampa is an archive manager which provides the ability to create, view, modify, and extract data from archive files such as .zip and .gz files." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:54 -msgid "date" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:41 +msgid "Alternatives: File Roller (file-roller), Xarchiver (xarchiver)" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:54 -msgid "Tells you the date and time in many different formats, timezones, and conversions." +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:43 +msgid "To open a .RAR file, the p7zip-rar package is required." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:54 -msgid "date [options]" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/org.mate.calc.png' md5='dbedd6ee92c59e9126fbf8e7b347e22e'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:55 -msgid "editor" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:45 +msgid " MATE Calculator is designed to resemble a hand-held calculator and has basic, advanced, financial, and programming modes." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:55 -msgid "Opens a text file in an editor" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:47 +msgid "Alternatives: Galculator (galculator), GNOME Calculator (gnome-calculator), Speedcrunch (speedcrunch)" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:55 -msgid "editor [file]" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/org.xfce.mousepad.png' md5='ddc60f0a81a9a3fe93602edfc8361384'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:56 -msgid "grep" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:49 +msgid " Mousepad is a simple text editor with features for displaying line numbers and white space, word wrapping, source code syntax highlighting, etc." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:56 -msgid "Searches strings or files" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:51 +msgid "Links: Website, Documentation" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:56 -msgid "grep [text] [file(s)] or [command] | grep [text]" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:53 +msgid "Alternatives: Pluma (pluma), GEdit (gedit), Geany (geany), Visual Studio Code" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:57 -msgid "kill" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/org.xfce.screenshooter.png' md5='943c8bcebb7fb7c2df4a80a30b82a031'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:57 -msgid "Terminates programs with a specified PID. If you don't know the PID you can use pidof" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:55 +msgid " Screenshot is a screen capture utility that lets you capture the entire screen, an active application window, or a region of the screen." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:57 -msgid "kill [-SIGNAL] [PID(s)]" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:57 +msgid "Links: Website, Documentation" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:58 -msgid "killall" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:59 +msgid "The three capture modes can be activated with the PrintScreen, Alt+PrintScreen and Shift+PrintScreen keyboard shortcuts, respectively." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:58 -msgid "Much like the one above, except you specify the programs name" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/icon_games.png' md5='95e71740b96076a7e0ed627d90c8555f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:58 -msgid "killall [-SIGNAL] [process(es)]" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:64 +msgid "Games " msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:59 -msgid "less" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/org.gnome.Mines.png' md5='fe9c3f01a0bbd4fd0e58f4f2ce73c121'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:59 -msgid "Shows the contents of a text file" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:66 +msgid " Mines is a single-player puzzle game where you locate mines floating in an ocean with the help of clues about the number of neighboring mines in the area. Clicking on a square reveals what is under it: either empty ocean or a mine. If you click on a mine, the game is over." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:59 -msgid "less [file]" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/sgt-launcher.png' md5='c39142648128e8a2f77fe63e1cb58c34'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:60 -msgid "ls" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:68 +msgid " SGT Puzzles Collection is a set of over 30 unique single-player puzzle games. The games are designed to be played in a few short minutes, while taking a break or looking to pass the time." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:60 -msgid "Lists files in a directory. Lists files in the current directory if none is specified" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:70 +msgid "Links: Website, Donate" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:60 -msgid "ls [directory]" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/org.gnome.Sudoku.png' md5='32eef431a16e1f1bc34a351a627af575'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:61 -msgid "man" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:72 +msgid " Sudoku is a Japanese logic-based puzzle game. The objective is to fill a 9×9 grid with the numbers 1 to 9 so that each column, row, and each of the 3×3 subgrids contain all of the digits from 1 to 9. Each game starts with a partially completed grid, with many games having only a single solution." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:61 -msgid "Shows help about a command" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/icon_graphics.png' md5='34cbf0871ebcf3df64dc5a5a154ff5d0'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:61 -msgid "man [command]" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:76 +msgid "Graphics " msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:62 -msgid "mv" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/org.gnome.SimpleScan.png' md5='28cfaa3ad5a52a0d556ba0db2207ee8c'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:62 -msgid "Moves or renames a file" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:78 +msgid " Document Scanner, also known as Simple Scan, is a utility to scan text or images/photographs and save them to an image or PDF file." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:62 -msgid "mv [filename] [newfilename]" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/gimp.png' md5='c7349008b2fafd4a3b14cff8639c7d64'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:63 -msgid "rm" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:80 +msgid " GIMP (GNU Image Manipulation Program) is an image editing application for enhancing and retouching photos, free-from drawing, as well as image format conversion." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:63 -msgid "Removes files or directories. Be very careful with this command! With the -r option, it removes all files and directories recursively!" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:82 +msgid "Links: Website, Documentation, Donate" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:63 -msgid "rm [file(s)] or rm -ir [dir(s)]" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:84 +msgid "Alternatives: Krita (krita), MyPaint (mypaint), Adobe Photoshop" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:64 -msgid "wget" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/org.xfce.ristretto.png' md5='bd820307ba7b8549b6a865775c47b915'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:64 -msgid "Downloads files to current directory. The -N option can be useful for checking to see if a file on the server is newer than the one you have locally, see man wget for more information." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:86 +msgid " Ristretto is an image viewer with basic editing features, slideshow capabilities, and the ability to set an image as the desktop wallpaper." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/command-line.xml:64 -msgid "wget [urls]" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:88 +msgid "Links: Website, Documentation" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:15 -msgid "Default Applications" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:90 +msgid "Alternatives: Eye of MATE (eom), gThumb (gthumb), Gpicview (gpicview), nomacs (nomacs)" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:17 -msgid "Xubuntu comes with a collection of preinstalled applications curated by the Xubuntu team which are accessible from the Applications Menu (Ctrl + Escape) as well as the Application Finder (Alt + F3 or Super + R)." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/icon_internet.png' md5='36c544c4cafa22e89d5eb5f1b62f3f7b'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:20 -msgid "Favorites [icon placeholder]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:22 -msgid "By default, Xubuntu displays a number of commonly used applications in the Favorites category of the Applications Menu. These applications include the software manager, word processor, and help documentation, as well as the default web browser and file manager. To add or remove entries from the Favorites category, right-click on an application entry and select the Add to Favorites or Remove from Favorites entry in the context menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:24 -msgid "To change the default web browser, mail reader, file manager, terminal emulator and more, open the Default Applications app." +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:95 +msgid "Internet " msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:29 -msgid "Accessories [icon placeholder]" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/firefox.png' md5='6375c3e68ae18fdf1a4f2dd9f3785cdd'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:31 -msgid "[icon placeholder] Catfish is a file search utility that is able to locate files by name, text content and more. It provides external search capability to the Thunar file manager." +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:97 +msgid " Firefox is a mature and stable web browser which can be extended with a wide variety of add-ons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:33 -msgid "Links: Website, Documentation, Donate" +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:99 +msgid "Links: Website, Documentation, Donate" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:35 -msgid "Alternatives: MATE Search (install), FSearch, ANGRYsearch, Recoll" +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:101 +msgid "Alternatives: Chromium (chromium-browser), Google Chrome, Opera, Vivaldi, Brave" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata @@ -1055,778 +1001,843 @@ msgstr "" #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/icon_package.png' md5='15cff8b23f9cf506a7b7e8f98f1289ac'" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/pidgin.png' md5='9e78ce500724bd2ae5b06284747293f0'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:37 -msgid "The search results can be enhanced by the installation of zeitgeist user activity logging service (install)." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:103 +msgid " Pidgin is a multi-platform instant messaging client capable of connecting with XMPP, Google Talk, IRC, ICQ and more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:39 -msgid "[icon placeholder] Engrampa is an archive manager which provides the ability to create, view, modify, and extract data from archive files such as .zip and .gz files." +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:105 +msgid "Links: Website, Documentation, Donate" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:41 -msgid "Alternatives: File Roller (install), Xarchiver (install)" +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:107 +msgid "Alternatives: Telegram (telegram-desktop), Empathy (empathy), Skype, Zoom" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:43 -msgid "To open a .RAR file, the p7zip-rar package is required (install)." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/thunderbird.png' md5='aa633ff280bbf10bb2b29fac03d96357'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:45 -msgid "[icon placeholder] Mate Calculator is designed to resemble a hand-held calculator and has basic, advanced, financial, and programming modes." +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:109 +msgid " Thunderbird is a versatile mail client which can handle multiple email accounts and different identities simultaneously. Like Firefox, it can also be enhanced with add-ons to extend its functionality." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:47 -msgid "Alternatives: Galculator (install), Gnome Calculator (install), Speedcrunch (install)" +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:111 +msgid "Links: Website, Documentation, Donate" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:49 -msgid "[icon placeholder] Mousepad is a simple text editor with features for displaying line numbers and white space, word wrapping, source code syntax highlighting, etc." +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:113 +msgid "Alternatives: Geary (geary), Claws Mail (claws-mail), Evolution (evolution), Sylpheed (sylpheed)" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:51 -msgid "Links: Website, Documentation" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/transmission.png' md5='93a16fca29ed085a8974b2187a315912'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:53 -msgid "Alternatives: Pluma (install), GEdit (install), Geany (install), Visual Studio Code" +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:115 +msgid " Transmission is a simple BitTorrent client for downloading and sharing files which also provides a web interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:55 -msgid "[icon placeholder] Screenshot is a screen capture utility that lets you capture the entire screen, an active application window, or a region of the screen." +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:117 +msgid "Alternatives: qBittorrent (qbittorrent), Deluge (deluge), Tixati, Fragments" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:57 -msgid "Links: Website, Documentation" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/icon_multimedia.png' md5='fb904864d56012a5f944d6695b226991'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:59 -msgid "The three capture modes can be activated with the PrintScreen, Alt + PrintScreen and Shift + PrintScreen keyboard shortcuts, respectively." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:122 +msgid "Multimedia " msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:64 -msgid "Games [icon placeholder]" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/org.xfce.parole.png' md5='e6733abfba90187db0c83f9989ea9efd'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:66 -msgid "[icon placeholder] Mines is a single-player puzzle game where you locate mines floating in an ocean with the help of clues about the number of neighboring mines in the area. Clicking on a square reveals what is under it: either empty ocean or a mine. If you click on a mine, the game is over." +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:124 +msgid " Parole is a simple media player that can play video and audio files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:68 -msgid "[icon placeholder] SGT Puzzles Collection is a set of over 30 unique single-player puzzle games. The games are designed to be played in a few short minutes, while taking a break or looking to pass the time." +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:126 +msgid "Links: Website, Documentation, Donate" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:70 -msgid "Links: Website, Donate" +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:128 +msgid "Alternatives: VLC (vlc), SMPlayer (smplayer), Celluloid (celluloid)." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:72 -msgid "[icon placeholder] Sudoku is a Japanese logic-based puzzle game. The objective is to fill a 9×9 grid with the numbers 1 to 9 so that each column, row, and each of the 3×3 subgrids contain all of the digits from 1 to 9. Each game starts with a partially completed grid, with many games having only a single solution." +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:130 +msgid "In order to play some proprietary media formats, such as MP3, the ubuntu-restricted-extras is required (ubuntu-restricted-extras)." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:76 -msgid "Graphics [images placeholder]" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/org.xfce.xfburn.png' md5='2f85e3666ad7e0e4250aa2d08dcd7d6c'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:78 -msgid "[icon placeholder] Document Scanner, also known as Simple Scan, is a utility to scan text or images/photographs and save them to an image or PDF file." +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:132 +msgid " Xfburn is a program for creating audio discs and writing ISO files to CDs and DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:80 -msgid "[icon placeholder] GIMP (GNU Image Manipulation Program) is an image editing application for enhancing and retouching photos, free-from drawing, as well as image format conversion." +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:134 +msgid "Alternatives: Brasero (brasero), K3b (k3b)" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:82 -msgid "Links: Website, Documentation, Donate" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/icon_office.png' md5='d7b43a9ebd268885c40731187d88ab13'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:84 -msgid "Alternatives: Krita (install), MyPaint (install), Adobe Photoshop" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:139 +msgid "Office " msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:86 -msgid "[icon placeholder] Ristretto is an image viewer with basic editing features, slideshow capabilities, and the ability to set an image as the desktop wallpaper." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/org.mate.atril.png' md5='9b2830454a20f0b978c7251b2227bc4e'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:88 -msgid "Links: Website, Documentation" +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:141 +msgid " Atril is a document reader that is capable of opening multiple-page document files, such as PDF, XPS, ePub, and Comic Books." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:90 -msgid "Alternatives: Eye of Mate (install), gThumb (install), Gpicview (install), nomacs (install)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:95 -msgid "Internet [icon placeholder]" +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:143 +msgid "Alternatives: Evince (evince), Okular (okular), Zathura (zathura)" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:97 -msgid "[icon placeholder] Firefox is a mature and stable web browser which can be extended with a wide variety of add-ons." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/libreoffice.png' md5='305e4fca9f475f402e4be52d40141cc0'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:99 -msgid "Links: Website, Documentation, Donate" +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:145 +msgid " LibreOffice is an office suite which has programs for word processing (Writer), spreadsheets (Calc), presentations (Impress), diagrams (Draw), mathematical formulae (Math) and databases. It is a continuation of Open Office." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:101 -msgid "Alternatives: Chromium (install), Google Chrome, Opera, Vivaldi, Brave" +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:147 +msgid "Alternatives: Microsoft Office, WPS Office, Free Office, OnlyOffice, GOffice (Abiword, Gnumeric)" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:103 -msgid "[icon placeholder] Pidgin is a multi-platform instant messaging client capable of connecting with XMPP, Google Talk, IRC, ICQ and more." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/icon_settings.png' md5='a3aae2331df666e778215b871f44133e'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:105 -msgid "Links: Website, Documentation, Donate" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:152 +msgid "Settings " msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:107 -msgid "Alternatives: Telegram (install), Empathy (install), Skype, Zoom" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/preferences-desktop.png' md5='50af8eb87047c848e38291e5616ad45b'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:109 -msgid "[icon placeholder] Thunderbird is a versatile mail client which can handle multiple email accounts and different identities simultaneously. Like Firefox, it can also be enhanced with add-ons to extend its functionality." +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:154 +msgid "Applications listed in this category are also present and organized in Settings Manager and include applications to adjust hardware preferences, manage software, change the look and feel of the UI (User Interface), and configure login settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:111 -msgid "Links: Website, Documentation, Donate" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/icon_system.png' md5='322ae0c034ad471ecb21078c7f038e87'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:113 -msgid "Alternatives: Geary (install), Claws Mail (install), Evolution (install), Sylpheed (install)" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:159 +msgid "System " msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:115 -msgid "[icon placeholder] Transmission is a simple BitTorrent client for downloading and sharing files which also provides a web interface." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/org.xfce.gigolo.png' md5='5f3cbce5673a1063f6bed85743a18aa9'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:117 -msgid "Alternatives: qBittorrent (install), Deluge (install), Tixati, Fragments" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:122 -msgid "Multimedia [icon placeholder]" +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:161 +msgid " Gigolo is an easy way to connect to local and remote file systems, such as FTP or SFTP (SSH) connections and SMB (windows shares)." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:124 -msgid "[icon placeholder] Parole is a simple media player that can play video and audio files." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/gparted.png' md5='2b74b19782d65c251b02fecb2629cae1'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:126 -msgid "Links: Website, Documentation, Donate" +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:163 +msgid " GParted is a partition manager that allows you to create, resize, format and delete partitions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:128 -msgid "Alternatives: VLC (install), SMPlayer (install), Celluloid (install)." +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:165 +msgid "Alternatives: GNOME Disks (gnome-disk-utility), KDE Partition Manager (partitionmanager)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:130 -msgid "In order to play some proprietary media formats, such as MP3, the ubuntu-restricted-extras is required (install)." +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:168 +msgid "GParted is only present in the live installer, but can be installed after installation (gparted)." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:132 -msgid "[icon placeholder] Xfburn is a program for creating audio discs and writing ISO files to CDs and DVDs." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/org.xfce.taskmanager.png' md5='db7f9c6a766dd378a24f49c218a5df2e'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:134 -msgid "Alternatives: Brasero (install), K3b (install)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:139 -msgid "Office [icon placeholder]" +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:170 +msgid " Task Manager provides a graphical overview of the running applications and shows the percentage of CPU and RAM that is currently being utilized." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:141 -msgid "[icon placeholder] Atril is a document reader that is capable of opening multiple-page document files, such as PDF, XPS, ePub, and Comic Books." +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:172 +msgid "Alternatives: GNOME System Monitor (gnome-system-monitor), MATE System Monitor (mate-system-monitor), LXTask (lxtask)." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:143 -msgid "Alternatives: Evince (install), Okular (install), Zathura (install)" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/apps/org.xfce.thunar.png' md5='16bdd32521f2390eb86e943eabeb5e3c'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:145 -msgid "[icon placeholder] LibreOffice is an office suite which has programs for word processing (Writer), spreadsheets (Calc), presentations (Impress), diagrams (Draw), mathematical formulae (Math) and databases. It is a continuation of Open Office." +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:174 +msgid " Thunar is a file manager that allows you to browse the filesystem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:147 -msgid "Alternatives: Microsoft Office, WPS Office, Free Office, OnlyOffice, GOffice (Abiword, Gnumeric)" +#: user-docs/C/default-apps.xml:176 +msgid "Alternatives: Caja (caja), Nemo (nemo), PCManFM (pcmanfm), Nautilus (nautilus)" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:152 -msgid "Settings [icon placeholder]" +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:14 +msgid "File Management" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:154 -msgid "Applications listed in this category are also present and organized in Settings Manager and include applications to adjust hardware preferences, manage software, change the look and feel of the UI (User Interface), and configure login settings." +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:16 +msgid "Xubuntu comes with Xfce's file manager, Thunar. For simplicity's sake, it will be referred to as the File Manager from now on. Load it from AccessoriesFile Manager or by double-clicking the Home or File System icons on your desktop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:159 -msgid "System [icon placeholder]" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:161 -msgid "[icon placeholder] Gigolo is an easy way to connect to local and remote file systems, such as FTP or SFTP (SSH) connections and SMB (windows shares)." +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:19 +msgid "Navigation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:163 -msgid "[icon placeholder] GParted is a partition manager that allows you to create, resize, format and delete partitions." +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:21 +msgid "The File Manager's default view consists of a shortcut pane on the left side, the main area on the right, and a pathbar above the main area. The shortcut pane provides shortcuts to different folders on your system. The first shortcut under PLACES takes you to your home directory (/home), the directory where all your personal data and data from the applications you use are stored, and has the name of the current user.The File System shortcut under DEVICES will takes you to the root (/) of the filesystem. You may want to explore it a bit, even though it may be confusing if you are new to Linux. Just click on the different folders and see what's inside. When you're done, return to your home directory by clicking on the top shortcut." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:165 -msgid "Alternatives: Gnome Disks (install), KDE Partition Manager (install)" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:32 +msgid "You can add your own shortcuts by simply dragging folders to the shortcut pane. This will allow you to access important folders instantly!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:168 -msgid "GParted is only present in the live installer, but can be installed after installation (install)." +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:33 +msgid "When using Thunar you will, in general, only have read rights to files you see while browsing under the File System shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:170 -msgid "[icon placeholder] Task Manager provides a graphical overview of the running applications and shows the percentage of CPU and RAM that is currently being utilized." +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:35 +msgid "The main area will always display the contents of the current folder. Double-click on folders to enter them, and right-click on files/folders to get a pop-up window offering you some choices of what to do with them. Select multiple files by dragging a rectangle over them with the mouse. Alternatively, select one file, hold down the Shift key, and increase/decrease the selection using the arrow keys." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:172 -msgid "Alternatives: Gnome System Monitor (install), Mate System Monitor (install), LXTask (install)." +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:43 +msgid "To easily see the path you took to get to the current directory, you can change the default View options. From the File Manager menu, select ViewLocation SelectorPathbar Style. Now you can click on any pathbar icon to change to the directory it represents. Note that right-clicking on pathbar icons will also bring up a pop-up window with some options." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:174 -msgid "[icon placeholder] Thunar is a file manager that allows you to browse the filesystem." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:53 +msgid "Creating and deleting files and folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-default-apps.xml:176 -msgid "Alternatives: Caja (install), Nemo (install), PCManFM (install), Nautilus (install)" +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:55 +msgid "To create a new document, right-click on some empty space in your home directory and select Create DocumentEmpty File from the pop-up menu. The File Manager will prompt you for a name. Just go with the suggested name for now. After this, you will see the new file in your home directory. Right-click on it and choose Properties. This will show you some details about the file. Right-click on the file once more and choose Move to Trash to remove it. The file will be put into the Trash." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:14 -msgid "Keeping your computer and personal information safe" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:64 +msgid "If you ever want to undo the deleting of a file, open Trash, right-click the file and click Restore." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:16 -msgid "Keeping your computer and personal information safe from security threats is one of the most important aspects of computing today. This guide aims to help you achieve a higher level of security. Pay particular attention to the following subsections:" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:66 +msgid "To create a new folder, right-click on the empty space, and choose Create Folder. You will be prompted for a name. Type something and hit Enter. You will see this new folder in your home directory. Double-click on it to enter it. To rename or remove the folder, right-click on it and choose the appropriate option from the pop-up menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:27 -msgid "Keep your software up to date" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:29 -msgid "Security updates are very important. They are the best defense you have against the people who want to harm your computer, and you should install them immediately. When a security update is released, hackers already know how to abuse computers that are not up-to-date. In the worst case scenario, they are searching for victims to hack with automated programs in under a few hours." +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:75 +msgid "Copying" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:35 -msgid "Automatic security updates are enabled by default in Xubuntu. If you want to change the settings for the automatic updates, go to the Updates tab under Settings ManagerSoftware & Updates and change the settings to your liking." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:39 -msgid "Disabling automatic updates lowers the security level of your computer. When the automatic updates are turned off, it is essential to remember to manually upgrade often." +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:77 +msgid "To copy and move files on your computer, just click and drag files and folders to other folders." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:42 -msgid "If you use an Internet connection with limited bandwidth and do not want to use automatic updates, remember to update every time you have access to an unlimited connection." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:81 +msgid "Removable Drives" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:48 -msgid "Passwords" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:83 +msgid "When inserting CDs, USB sticks or other removable media into your computer, or inserting removable devices like a music player, Xubuntu should automatically detect the new device. For example, after inserting a CD into your optical drive, you will see a new shortcut in the left pane of the File Manager representing the CD. Clicking on it will open the CD in the main area, just like clicking on a regular folder. To remove the CD, right-click on the shortcut, and choose Eject. The same applies for any other removable media." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:50 -msgid "Official companies will not ask you for your password. If you are asked for your password, delete any e-mail asking for such. If you are on the telephone, hang up and call someone you know to ensure that the connection to those asking is lost." +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:92 +msgid "Please note that pressing the eject button on your CD drive may not work. This may be surprising to some users, but it is in fact the expected behavior. Before the CD can be ejected, it needs to be properly released (unmounted) by the system. To remove a CD, always right-click on its shortcut and choose Eject." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:53 -msgid "Use strong and unique passwords for important accounts" +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:96 +msgid "Customizing Thunar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:55 -msgid "Using strong and unique passwords for important and sensitive accounts helps prevent unauthorized access to your personal information, identity theft and direct financial losses. Consider the following scenario:" +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:98 +msgid "There are many ways to customize the File Manager. If you do not like the way the icons are displayed, choose ViewView as Detailed List to have the contents of the current directory displayed as a list." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:60 -msgid "Alice uses identical passwords for mytrustedbank.com and insecureblog.com" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:104 +msgid "You can have the File Manager display a location bar instead of the pathbar by selecting ViewLocation SelectorToolbar Style. If you prefer a tree view in the left pane, choose ViewSide PaneTree." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:61 -msgid "insecureblog is hacked and Alice’s information and password are stolen" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:110 +msgid "Finally, you can add Custom Actions, which can add useful options to the menu. Many custom actions can be found at the Ubuntu Wiki Thunar Custom Action page." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:62 -msgid "Hackers can now access Alice’s bank account and steal her money" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/file-management.xml:115 +msgid "For more choices, explore the options under EditPreferences." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:65 -msgid "Password reuse can turn into a disaster. You should pay attention to use unique and strong passwords for the following services:" +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:14 +msgid "Hardware devices" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:68 -msgid "Email accounts. Email accounts can be used to reset all your other passwords via the “Forgotten password” links found on all websites." +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:16 +msgid "Your computer consists of a number of connected devices collectively known as computer hardware." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:69 -msgid "Key stores and password managers. It is worth having a good password for those services, since they allow you to avoid typing many other passwords!" +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:18 +msgid "Xubuntu normally configures your hardware automatically, but there may be occasions when you need to make changes to hardware settings yourself. This section provides information on tools which can be used to configure your hardware." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:70 -msgid "Accounts related to banking, including PayPal and other payment sites. If someone can access these, they can steal your money." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:21 +msgid "Restricted drivers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:75 -msgid "What is a strong password?" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:24 +msgid "Why are some drivers restricted?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:77 -msgid "The strength of a password depends on how hard it is for an attacker to guess it. Attackers use special programs that can make millions of guesses per second, so weak passwords don’t stand a chance." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:26 +msgid "Restricted drivers are drivers for your hardware that are not freely available or open source." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:82 -msgid "Some passwords (like monkey, password, test, 123456) are extremely common. If you use those common passwords, your accounts will be hacked easily. However, adding capital letters, numbers or symbols is often not enough to turn a weak password into a strong one. This is because people reliably pick the same additional symbols and numbers (for instance, monkey1 is more common than mo5nkey, and also more common than monkey hoover)." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:28 +msgid "Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function properly in Xubuntu. These devices are likely to have unrestricted drivers, which means that the drivers can be modified by the Xubuntu developers and problems with them can be fixed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:92 -msgid "It is better to choose a longer secret, such as a pass phrase (for example correct horse stable battery), than a secret that is both hard to remember and easy to crack. Consider using a series of common words which you can easily remember. Do not pick words that people around you would naturally associate with you (for instance, you should not pick poker related words if you play poker every day)." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:30 +msgid "Some hardware does not have unrestricted drivers, usually because the hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware that would make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited functionality or may not work at all." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:102 -msgid "How to reuse passwords safely?" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:34 +msgid "Enabling restricted drivers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:104 -msgid "While using the same password for multiple accounts is not encouraged, everybody ends up doing this, even security experts. However, many commonly used websites get compromised by hackers every year. Some of them might even purposefully sell their users' passwords to third-parties. There is no definitive agreement among security researchers on how to reduce the risk of reusing passwords, but you should consider the following:" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:36 +msgid "If a restricted driver is available for a certain device, it can be installed in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new features. For example, installing a restricted driver for certain graphics cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:112 -msgid "Separate your professional password from your personal passwords." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:38 +msgid "Some computers may not have any devices that can use restricted drivers, either because all of the devices are fully supported by unrestricted drivers or because no restricted drivers are yet available for the device." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:113 -msgid "Avoid mixing passwords between websites where attackers can damage your reputation and low-value websites." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:40 +msgid "If any drivers are available for your hardware they will be installable from the Software and Updates application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:114 -msgid "Use a password you're willing to lose for sites you do not trust." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:43 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:55 +msgid "Go to SettingsAdditional Drivers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:115 -msgid "Do not \"waste\" passwords on websites you connect to once a year. Make up a random password and use the \"forgotten password\" feature next time." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:120 -msgid "When to change your password?" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:122 -msgid "You don’t need to change your passwords every other day. In many cases, if an attacker can steal your password, they will be able to steal it again in the future." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:44 +msgid "You will, if necessary, be prompted to enter the administration password." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:125 -msgid "If you do need to change your password, you must pick one that is actually different from the previous one. For example, monkey5 is not an acceptable substitute for monkey4, and it will be easily guessed by an attacker who already stole your previous password!" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:45 +msgid "You may be prompted to reboot to finish installation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:133 -msgid "How to change your login password" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:50 +msgid "Disabling restricted drivers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:135 -msgid "To change your password, follow the steps below:" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:52 +msgid "If a restricted driver is causing problems, or you would just like to turn it off, follow the procedure below:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:137 -msgid "Open Settings ManagerUsers and Groups" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:56 +msgid "Find the driver that you would like to disable and press the Deactivate button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:138 -msgid "Click on your username on the list" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:57 +msgid "You will be prompted to enter your password." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:139 -msgid "Click Change... next to the Password label" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:60 +msgid "You may need to restart your computer to finish disabling the driver." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:140 -msgid "First enter your Current password" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:65 +msgid "Disks and partitions" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:141 -msgid "Now you can either" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:68 +msgid "Checking how much disk space is available" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:70 +msgid "A simple way to check available disk space is to launch Thunar. There are several ways to do this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:143 -msgid "Generate a random password by selecting Generate random password and pressing Generate" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:73 +msgid "Go to AccessoriesFile Manager" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:144 -msgid "Choose your new password yourself by typing the new password to the New password and Confirmation fields" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:74 +msgid "Double-click on the File System or Home icon on your Desktop" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:147 -msgid "Finally, click OK to confirm the password change" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:75 +msgid "Click the home folder on the Launcher Panel" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: caution/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:149 -msgid "While it is possible to make Xubuntu log in automatically on boot within the user dialog, automatic login is highly discouraged because it provides less security for your system. Please turn on automatic login on only if you can trust everybody that has access to the computer." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:78 +msgid "The status bar at the bottom of the window shows the free space for the current drive or disk. If you have more than one drive mounted or connected, you can click on them in the side pane and you will then see displayed the free space for that disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:157 -msgid "Watch out for stolen passwords occasionally" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:82 +msgid "How can I free up disk space?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:159 -msgid "Websites like haveibeenpwned.com can tell you if your email address or username appears amongst databases of stolen passwords. It is a good idea to check it every other month. Besides, you may occasionally hear about a service you use in the news, or get an email from a service provider informing you that they have been hacked. When you are confident that a password has been compromised, you should:" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:84 +msgid "There are several simple ways of making more disk space available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:167 -msgid "identify all the services where you used that password" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:87 +msgid "Empty your trash by right-clicking the Trash icon on the Desktop or the Launcher Panel and selecting Empty Trash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:168 -msgid "change your password on all those services" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:88 +msgid "Remove software packages that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:169 -msgid "verify the recent activity on the concerned accounts (watch out for money transfers; also, email services often keep a log of your recent connections with IP addresses and locations)" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:89 +msgid "Delete files that you no longer need. You can install the GNOME Disk Usage Analyzer from GNOME Software to find which files are taking up the most space." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:171 -msgid "Never reveal your password to a third-party website. The website above is OK to use because it asks for an email address, which is relatively public information. It does not ask for a password. Websites that ask for your password will most likely misuse it." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:92 +msgid "Be careful not to delete files that you still need!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:180 -msgid "What about password managers?" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:96 +msgid "Partitioning a Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:182 -msgid "Password managers are a very convenient way of using many unique passwords without having to remember them all!" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:98 +msgid "You can use GParted (GNOME Partition Editor) to partition storage devices. Install GParted from GNOME Software and then go to Settings ManagerGParted to start the partition editor." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:185 -msgid "There are several password managers available in the repositories, including KeePassX and PaSaffe." +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:100 +msgid "Be careful when altering disk partitions, as it is possible to lose your data if you delete or change the wrong partition." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:187 -msgid "Some password managers, like KeePassX can synchronise your passwords across devices, including Windows or OS X computers. You should be aware of a few limitations, if you decide to use a password manager:" +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:102 +msgid "Altering disk partitions can take some time. Do not assume that GParted has hung or crashed while it is working." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:192 -msgid "Online password managers can be hacked too. Do not store your email or bank passwords in a password manager." +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:104 +msgid "If it is necessary to unmount the installed system to proceed with changes you wish to make, you will have to work from a live CD/USB to do so." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:193 -msgid "Use a memorable password to unlock your password manager! If you lose that password, you could end up losing access to all your accounts (another good reason not to store emails in your password manager)." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:107 +msgid "Freeing space for a new partition" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:194 -msgid "Proprietary password managers should not be trusted. Nobody knows what they do with your passwords." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:109 +msgid "To create a new partition inside an already partitioned device, you must first resize an existing partition. If you already have free space, skip to the section. Otherwise, follow the instructions below:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:195 -msgid "You may need to use some accounts from your friends or family’s devices. For those accounts, you can tell your password manager to use a specific and memorable password instead of a random password." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:197 -msgid "If you keep the above advice in mind, password managers can be a great way to stay more secure, more easily!" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:112 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:126 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:141 +msgid "Select the device to partition from the drop-down list at the top-right of the main window" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:203 -msgid "Tips for good online security" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:113 +msgid "A list of partitions will appear in the main window. Select the partition you want to resize and from the menu, choose PartitionUnmount" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:206 -msgid "Do not run scripts or install applications from unknown sources" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:114 +msgid "To resize the partition choose PartitionResize/Move. The Resize/Move dialog will be shown. You can use the Free Space Following (MiB) box to choose how much space to free after this partition, or Free Space Preceding (MiB) to free space before this partition. Alternatively you can use the slider to adjust the partition size." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:209 -msgid "Install applications from the repository whenever possible." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:115 +msgid "Click Resize/Move" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:210 -msgid "When running a script found on a troubleshooting or support website or given to you on IRC, take a moment to look at it, or ask a third-party to confirm what the script does. Be especially wary of scripts that require root access, as they could compromise other users' accounts." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:116 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:131 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:144 +msgid "To apply the changes, click EditApply All Operations" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:215 -msgid "Keep your browser clean for sensitive activities" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:121 +msgid "Creating a new partition" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:217 -msgid "Web browser extensions are a popular mechanism among hackers for harming users. They are especially relevant to Linux, since they are compatible with all platforms. Malicious extensions could steal your passwords, monitor your activity online for advertising, abuse your social media accounts or steal your money." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:123 +msgid "To create a new partition:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:222 -msgid "You can take measures to limit the risks you expose yourself to:" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:127 +msgid "A list of partitions will appear. Select the one called unallocated, right-click on it and click New" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:224 -msgid "Never install an extension that is not distributed by your browser vendor" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:128 +msgid "From the File system: pick list, choose the desired type of filesystem to use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:226 -msgid "On Firefox, use a separate user profile for sensitive activities like banking and e-shopping. Firefox user profiles do not share extensions (see Use the Profile Manager to create and remove Firefox profiles)." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:129 +msgid "If desired, enter a description for the partition in the Label: field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:227 -msgid "On Chrome and other browsers, use the Incognito mode for sensitive activities like banking and e-shopping. Incognito mode disables extensions." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:130 +msgid "Click the Add button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:232 -msgid "Remember email security" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:136 +msgid "Formatting a partition" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:138 +msgid "To format a partition, do the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:235 -msgid "Do not open email attachments from people that you don’t know, or if you think the content of the email is incoherent or suspicious (for example invoices coming from people you have never heard of)." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:142 +msgid "A list of partitions will appear. Select the desired partition and choose PartitionUnmount." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:236 -msgid "Do not reply to spam. This will inform spammers that your email address is active, and it will incite them to send you more spam." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:143 +msgid "Select the partition you want to format and choose PartitionFormat to and select from the list the type of filesystem to format the partition to" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:241 -msgid "Consider firewalls if your computer hosts Internet services" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:150 +msgid "Mounting and unmounting devices" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:243 -msgid "If you run public facing Internet services, or are not on a NAT, you should consider using a firewall. Most home users are not concerned by this measure." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:152 +msgid "When you connect a removable storage device to your computer, it must be mounted by the operating system so that you are able to access the files on the device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:246 -msgid "Understand that firewalls are not very useful in their default settings. You should consider what you want to achieve and configure the firewall accordingly. Firewalls can protect you against denial of service attacks, limit access to a service to specific IP addresses or inspect and reject suspicious packets. However, they cannot protect you against unknown or emerging threats, and they do not replace the need to install security updates." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:257 -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:277 -msgid "Back up on a regular basis" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:154 +msgid "To find out how to mount and unmount storage devices manually and/or automatically, see the Ubuntu community wiki page for the mount command." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:259 -msgid "A problem that you may occasionally encounter is the unexpected loss of some of your work and settings for one reason or another. The causes of such data loss are many and varied; they could be anything from a power failure to accidentally deleting a file. It is highly recommended that you make regular backup copies of your important files so that, if you do encounter a problem, you will not have lost those files." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:156 +msgid "When you copy files to a removable storage device, they are not always written to the device immediately. Instead, they are often stored in a queue so that they can all be transferred across to the device at the same time (for reasons of efficiency). Running the command sync can force pending data to be written to removable storage devices. If you disconnect the device before all of the files have been transferred, you could lose the files. To prevent this, you must always unmount a removable device before disconnecting it." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:265 -msgid "It is wise to store backup copies of files separately from your computer; that is, you should make use of some form of file storage which is not permanently attached to your computer. Options include but are not limited to writable CDs and DVDs, external hard disks, USB disks and other computers on the network." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:161 +msgid "Laptops" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:270 -msgid "A simple way of backing up your files is to manually copy them to a safe location (see above) by using the File Browser as well as the Archive Manager which lets you compress files and pack them together. Alternatively, you can use a dedicated backup application." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:164 +msgid "Power management settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:275 -msgid "General advice on how to keep good backups:" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:166 +msgid "You may wish to change the power management settings of your laptop in order to help extend its battery life and save energy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:278 -msgid "Always test your backups after you make them to ensure that they have been made correctly" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:169 +msgid "Go to Settings ManagerPower Manager" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:280 -msgid "Label your backups clearly and keep them in a safe place" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:283 -msgid "There are numerous dedicated backup applications available in the repositories, including Dejà Dup and luckyBackup." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:170 +msgid "Change settings as appropriate" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:284 -msgid "If you use online backup services like Dropbox, it is a good idea to first encrypt your documents and upload an encrypted archive. This will prevent the online services staff from accessing your documents." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:171 +msgid "Changes are applied instantly" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:288 -msgid "Backups can also be an effective protection against ransomware, which encrypts your data and will only decrypt it if you pay the developers. To keep clean from ransomware, avoid installing applications from unknown sources. For more information, see ." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:174 +msgid "When your laptop is running on battery, one of the biggest drains on power is the display. Turning the brightness of the display down could improve battery life significantly; many laptops allow you to do this by pressing Fn+F7 (or other marked key) several times." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:296 -msgid "Consider encryption" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:178 +msgid "Touchpads" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:298 -msgid "Full disk encryption is a good measure to protect your computers content should it get stolen. You should consider it if, for instance, your job involves valuable Intellectual Property or executive responsibilities. Remember that full disk encryption will not protect you if you do not shutdown your computer when you are not using it." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:180 +msgid "Most laptop computers come with a touchpad, which is used to control the mouse pointer. There are many ways of changing the way that the touchpad behaves; the most basic touchpad settings can be configured in the following way:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:303 -msgid "The easiest way to enable full disk encryption is to do it during the installation." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:183 +msgid "Go to Settings ManagerMouse and Touchpad" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:305 -msgid "You can also create encrypted volumes using dedicated software, for example LUKS. Encrypted volumes can contain arbitrary data of any length. You can mount them like you would insert a USB key when you need to access their content, and keep them closed the rest of the time. Describing the process to do this is outside the scope of this documentation, but there are numerous tutorials online." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:184 +msgid "From the Device: field pick list, select the touchpad." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:315 -msgid "Using your computer in a shared environment" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:185 +msgid "Here you can change the touchpad settings to your liking. Changes should take effect immediately." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:188 +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:142 +msgid "Some touchpads may be detected as normal mouse devices, even though they are actually touchpads. In this case, the Touchpad device will not be available in the mouse preferences. See the Touchpads page in the Ubuntu community wiki for more information on touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:318 -msgid "Do not use shared accounts" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:193 +msgid "Suspending and Hibernating" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:320 -msgid "When Xubuntu is installed, it is set up for a single person to use. If more than one person will use the computer, it is best for each person to have their own user account. To read more about adding users, refer to ." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:195 +msgid "In order to save power, you can put your computer into one of a number of power-saving modes when you are not using it:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:327 -msgid "Lock your screen while away" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:198 +msgid "Suspending a computer is like putting the computer to sleep. The computer will still be turned on and all of your work will be left open, but it will use much less power. You can wake the computer by pressing a key or clicking the mouse." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:329 -msgid "Locking your screen prevents other people from accessing your computer while you are away from it. All of your applications and work remain open while the screen is locked." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:199 +msgid "Hibernating is turning the computer off completely while saving the current state of the computer (such as keeping all of your open documents). When you turn the computer back on after hibernating, all of your work should be restored as it was before hibernation. No power is used when the computer is hibernating." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:200 +msgid "Resuming is bringing the computer out of a power saving mode and back into normal operation. You can resume the computer from being suspended by pressing a keyboard button or by clicking the mouse. You can resume from hibernation by pressing the power button on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:203 +msgid "Note that hibernate is disabled by default in Xubuntu and does not appear as an option in any menus. For a command line workaround, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata @@ -1834,1769 +1845,2810 @@ msgstr "" #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 #: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 #: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='../libs/images/system-lock-screen.png' md5='590defcb87fb77d35cd0a878d176a0dd'" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/system-log-out.png' md5='ba2ff28559a26da0486ad2554e71ca98'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:332 -msgid "To lock the screen, press Ctrl+Alt+Delete or click Lock Screen." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:205 +msgid "You can manually put your computer into a power-saving mode by pressing Log Out and then pressing the appropriate button." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:334 -msgid "To unlock the screen, move the mouse or press a key. Then, type your password and either press the Enter key or click the Unlock button." +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:207 +msgid "Some computers may have problems going into certain power-saving modes. The best way of checking if your computer can handle a power-saving mode is to try to switch to that mode and see if it behaves as you expected. Always make sure you save important documents before suspending or hibernating." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:210 +msgid "My computer doesn't suspend or hibernate correctly" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/guide-keeping-safe.xml:337 -msgid "If more than one person has a user account on your computer and the screen is locked, other users can press the triangle button to the right of the user name, select their name from the list and enter their password to use the computer, even while the screen is locked. They will be unable to access your currently open work and you will be able to switch back to your locked session when they have finished using the computer." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:212 +msgid "Some computers are unable to suspend or hibernate correctly with Xubuntu. If this is the case for your computer, you may notice some of the following symptoms:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:14 -msgid "Hardware devices" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:215 +msgid "The computer does not turn off after you click to hibernate it." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:16 -msgid "Your computer consists of a number of connected devices collectively known as computer hardware." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:216 +msgid "When you turn the computer on after hibernating it, your previously open programs are not restored." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:18 -msgid "Xubuntu normally configures your hardware automatically, but there may be occasions when you need to make changes to hardware settings yourself. This section provides information on tools which can be used to configure your hardware." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:217 +msgid "The computer will not wake up after you have suspended it." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:21 -msgid "Restricted drivers" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:218 +msgid "Certain programs or hardware devices stop working correctly after resuming from hibernation or waking-up from being suspended." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:221 +msgid "If you suffer from any of these problems, you should report a bug to Launchpad. The problems will hopefully be fixed in a subsequent version of Xubuntu. If your hardware does not work properly after suspending or hibernating your computer, restart your computer and it should return to normal. If a program does not work properly, try closing the program and then starting it again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:223 +msgid "Make sure that you save all of your open documents before testing for suspend and hibernate problems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:24 -msgid "Why are some drivers restricted?" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:227 +msgid "Enabling hibernation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:26 -msgid "Restricted drivers are drivers for your hardware that are not freely available or open source." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:229 +msgid "To enable and use hibernation with Xubuntu, do the following:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:28 -msgid "Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function properly in Xubuntu. These devices are likely to have unrestricted drivers, which means that the drivers can be modified by the Xubuntu developers and problems with them can be fixed." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:232 +msgid "Install the pm-utils package from GNOME Software." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:30 -msgid "Some hardware does not have unrestricted drivers, usually because the hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware that would make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited functionality or may not work at all." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:233 +msgid "From the command line, enter: sudo pm-hibernate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:234 +msgid "Enter your password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:235 +msgid "To resume from hibernation, press the power button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:34 -msgid "Enabling restricted drivers" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:241 +msgid "I get strange patterns on the screen when I hibernate my computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:36 -msgid "If a restricted driver is available for a certain device, it can be installed in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new features. For example, installing a restricted driver for certain graphics cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:243 +msgid "Your screen may show a black and white pattern just after you click to hibernate your computer. This is usually nothing to worry about and is just how the graphics cards of some computers respond to the initial stages of the hibernation process. If the computer displays the pattern for a prolonged period of time without turning itself off then you may have a problem with hibernation. See for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:248 +msgid "Mice and keyboards" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:38 -msgid "Some computers may not have any devices that can use restricted drivers, either because all of the devices are fully supported by unrestricted drivers or because no restricted drivers are yet available for the device." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:250 +msgid "When you install Xubuntu, you are given the option of selecting your keyboard type and language. During the installation, your pointing devices should be automatically detected and configured. If you want or need to change the settings of any of these devices after installation, you can do so by going to Settings ManagerMouse and Touchpad or Settings ManagerKeyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:40 -msgid "If any drivers are available for your hardware they will be installable from the Software and Updates application:" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:252 +msgid "Options for mice and touchpads include:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:43 -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:55 -msgid "Go to SettingsAdditional Drivers" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:255 +msgid "Button orientation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:44 -msgid "You will, if necessary, be prompted to enter the administration password." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:256 +msgid "Pointer speed and sensitivity" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:45 -msgid "You may be prompted to reboot to finish installation." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:257 +msgid "Double-click sensitivity" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:50 -msgid "Disabling restricted drivers" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:258 +msgid "Cursor theme" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:52 -msgid "If a restricted driver is causing problems, or you would just like to turn it off, follow the procedure below:" +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:261 +msgid "Some of the options for configuring your keyboard include:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:56 -msgid "Find the driver that you would like to disable and press the Deactivate button." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:264 +msgid "State of the Num Lock key on startup" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:57 -msgid "You will be prompted to enter your password." +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:265 +msgid "Key repeat speed and delay" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:266 +msgid "Cursor blinking speed" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:267 +msgid "Application keyboard shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:268 +msgid "Keyboard layout and language " +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:271 +msgid "If you are using a mouse on a laptop that also has a touchpad, you can change the behavior of each of them individually by selecting the appropriate device from the Device: pick list on the Devices tab page." +msgstr "" + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: book/title +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:14 +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:17 +msgid "Xubuntu Documentation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/title +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:19 +msgid "Credits and License" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:20 +msgid "This documentation is maintained by the Xubuntu documentation team." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:22 +msgid "The contributors to this documentation are:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:24 +msgid "Chris Crenshaw" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:25 +msgid "John T (JT252)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:26 +msgid "Lefteris Pavlou" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:27 +msgid "Sean Davis (bluesabre)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:28 +msgid "Stephen Michael Kellat (skellat)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:29 +msgid "William Andrew Conna (williamconna)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:30 +msgid "Yousuf Philips (jphilips)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:31 +msgid "Zachariah Lorenzini (zachtex)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:41 +msgid "The contributors to previous versions of this documentation are:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:43 +msgid "Cody A.W. Somerville (cody-somerville)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:44 +msgid "David Pires (slickymaster)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:45 +msgid "Elfy (elfy)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:46 +msgid "Elizabeth Krumbach (lyz)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:47 +msgid "Freddy Martinez (freddymartinez9)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:48 +msgid "Jack Fromm (jjfrv8)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:49 +msgid "Jan M. (fijam7)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:50 +msgid "Jay van Cooten (skippersboss)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:51 +msgid "Jim Campbell (jwcampbell)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:52 +msgid "Kev Bowring (flocculant)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:53 +msgid "Krytarik Raido (krytarik)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:54 +msgid "Luzius Thöny (lucius-antonius)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:55 +msgid "Pasi Lallinaho (knome)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:56 +msgid "Steve Dodier-Lazaro (sidi)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:57 +msgid "Unit 193 (unit193)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:60 +msgid "This document is made available under the Creative Commons Share Alike 4.0 International License (CC-BY-SA)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:61 +msgid "You are free to modify, extend, and improve the Xubuntu documentation under the terms of this license. All derivative works must be released under this license." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:63 +msgid "This documentation is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AS DESCRIBED IN THE DISCLAIMER." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:66 +msgid "A copy of the license is available here: Creative Commons ShareAlike License." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:67 +msgid "All trademarks or registered trademarks are the property of the respective owners." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:70 +msgid "2012–2022 The Xubuntu documentation team. Xubuntu and Canonical are registered trademarks of Canonical Ltd." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: publisher/publishername +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:76 +msgid "The Xubuntu documentation team" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: abstract/title +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:80 +msgid "Welcome!" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: abstract/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:82 +msgid "This documentation provides information on some of the most common topics on using Xubuntu. The complete set of topics is listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: abstract/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:84 +msgid "If you require help with a topic or problem that is not addressed by the documentation, you can visit the Help & Support page of the Xubuntu website for a full list of additional help resources. Some of these resources include live chat on the #xubuntu (English) IRC channel or an Ubuntu localized channel, live chat on the Xubuntu Support Telegram group, email support on our Xubuntu user (English) mailing list or an Ubuntu localized list, Xubuntu Reddit, Xfce Forums and Ubuntu Forums as discussion platforms, and Ask Ubuntu for Q and A." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: abstract/para +#: user-docs/C/index.xml:86 +msgid "If you would like to contribute to Xubuntu, including this documentation, see the Get Involved section of the Xubuntu website. Xubuntu is a community-driven project that you can participate in. There are many areas of involvement, including artwork, bug reporting, bug triaging, testing, documentation, translation, programming, marketing, and more. To participate you can contact the team on the #xubuntu-devel IRC channel, the Xubuntu Development Telegram group, or the Xubuntu Development mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:14 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:17 +msgid "Preparation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:20 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:21 +msgid "Visit the System Requirements page to ensure that your computer meets the necessary hardware requirements to install and run Xubuntu. In general, Xubuntu will run on most computers (PC or Mac) that were built since 2007 and shipped with an OS (Operating System) like Windows XP and Mac OS X 10.5 or higher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:25 +msgid "If you are installing Xubuntu on a laptop, it is recommended to keep your laptop plugged in during the installation, in order to prevent a sudden power loss which can cause a corrupted system. If you are running Windows 10 and have Intel's RST (Rapid Storage Technology) running, you will need to turn it off before installation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:32 +msgid "Download the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:33 +msgid "Visit the Download page to download the ISO image for your selected edition of Xubuntu. If you prefer stability, it is recommended to download the LTS (Long Term Support) release, which is supported for 3 years. The ISO file can be downloaded with a BitTorrent client, such as Transmission or qBittorrent, or through your browser from one of the many global mirror servers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:41 +msgid "Write the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:42 +msgid "The ISO file needs to be written to a bootable medium, like a USB flash drive, an SD memory card or a DVD optical disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:45 +msgid "Write to USB or SD" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:46 +msgid "If you have a USB stick or an SD card with 2 GB of storage or more, you can use one of these apps to write the ISO file: Rufus (Windows), Etcher (Windows, Mac, Linux), GNOME Disks (gnome-disk-utility). For more information on how to write the ISO to USB or SD, please see these guides for Windows, Mac or Linux." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:55 +msgid "Write to DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:56 +msgid "If you have a blank DVD disk and a DVD writer drive, you can burn the ISO with one of these apps, if your operating system doesn’t have the built-in capabilities to do so: InfraRecorder (Windows), Brasero (brasero), Xfburn (xfburn). For more information on how to burn the ISO to a DVD, please see these guides for Windows, Mac or Linux." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:67 +msgid "Backup Data" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:68 +msgid "If you plan to install Xubuntu alongside an existing OS, it is recommended to back up the data of the existing OS as a precaution in case something goes wrong. You can back up the data files to an external USB drive and/or to a secondary hard drive on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:75 +msgid "Booting" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:78 +msgid "BIOS / UEFI Considerations" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:79 +msgid "Some computers may require additional configuration before the Xubuntu installation medium can be booted. Please refer to this section if you are unable to boot into the installer or if your hardware is not properly detected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:81 +msgid "Warning: This is an advanced computer feature and should only be attempted with caution. F2 and Del are common keys to access the BIOS settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:84 +msgid "Intel RST" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:85 +msgid "Secure Boot / Windows 8/10 / Fast Boot / Fast Startup" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:88 +msgid "macOS T.2 Security" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:93 +msgid "Starting the Bootable Medium" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:99 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/boot-menu.png' md5='31908bcea0fa542f58c1f6495b240c6b'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:105 +msgid "Insert the bootable medium into the respective device (the USB drive in a USB port, the SD card in the SD card reader or the DVD disk in the DVD drive) and restart your computer. If your computer is set to first boot from the bootable medium of your choice, then the medium will automatically boot. If it doesn’t start automatically, please refer to the computer manufacturer’s documentation for entering the boot menu. This could consist of pressing a key, such as F12, or using a dedicated button on the computer. In some cases, you may need to boot into Windows to access the BIOS. Once you have entered the boot menu, select the appropriate boot medium device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:111 +msgid "The key to press for your computer’s boot menu will depend on the manufacturer of the computer or motherboard. F12 is the most common boot menu key, but other common alternative keys are Escape and F10. Less common keys include F11, F9, and F8. If your computer is not capable of booting through USB, but has a CD or DVD drive, you can utilize PLoP." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:119 +msgid "Booting the Installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:120 +msgid "Once the bootable media starts, a blank screen will appear with a keyboard and accessibility icons. At this point, you have 5 seconds to press any key to access the installer boot menu, if you wish to. The boot menu will initially present a language selection menu, followed by a simple menu with options to install or try Xubuntu, test memory, boot from the hard disk, as well as other options accessible by pressing the F1 through F6 keys (for more information about the Fn keys options, click here)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:130 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/boot-1.png' md5='d665ea24e32823f9b37f13640ea7da9a'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:140 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/boot-2.png' md5='64d3715e5bfef5fd5e155ccb89f8ece5'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:150 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/boot-3.png' md5='e5d6893903bb99067970f4f38c1af91f'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:160 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/boot-4.png' md5='1b345384e781211e1a3acbf1a9f7c7c1'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:169 +msgid "Integrity Check" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:170 +msgid "After the initial boot screen, releases of Xubuntu 20.04 and later default to checking the integrity of the install media, which can be skipped by pressing Ctrl+C. This check is important as it is common for corrupted installation media to cause failed installations." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:173 +msgid "If you get a black screen after the integrity check, reboot your system and select one of the safe graphics options in the GRUB menu. This sometimes happens when graphics cards don’t work properly with their open source drivers. If this happens after installation with your NVidia graphics card, select the ‘recovery mode’ option in the GRUB menu and then install the proprietary NVidia graphics driver from the Additional Drivers app." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:183 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/integrity-check-1.png' md5='ce7d271ab88055c43aef91af038a78db'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:193 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/integrity-check-2.png' md5='1015ee7ec9de21c5e8f630ad8a837cc1'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:203 +msgid "Installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:206 +msgid "Welcome Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:207 +msgid "You will be greeted with the installer’s welcome screen when the installer begins. There you can select the language of the installer from the list on the left and press the Install Xubuntu button to begin the installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:215 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/installer-welcome.png' md5='57774453adf804822c5437bfc7f7ebe8'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:221 +msgid "If you selected one of the Try Xubuntu ... entries in the installer boot menu or the Try Xubuntu button on the welcome screen, you can start or restart the installer by clicking the Install Xubuntu desktop icon." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:227 +msgid "Initial Steps" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:228 +msgid "The next screen of the installer will be the Keyboard layout screen. There you can select your keyboard layout, if it wasn’t correctly detected. If you are unsure of your keyboard layout, you may press the Detect Keyboard Layout button to go through a brief configuration procedure and test that the layout works as intended in the keyboard test field. Click the Continue button to proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:232 +msgid "If you are not connected to the internet but your computer has Wi-Fi, you will see the Wireless screen, where you can either connect to one of the available networks or continue without connecting." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:234 +msgid "After clicking the Continue button, you will arrive at the Updates and other software screen. There you have the options to download updates during the installation, if you have an internet connection, and whether to install third-party software, like the Nvidia graphics card driver and multimedia codecs for playing media files. It is recommended to have both of them checked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:243 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/installer-initial-1.png' md5='e00bfae9838fd639da6782f260719782'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:253 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/installer-initial-2.png' md5='ffbbf8ac8f764757e13af5cc0fcc7dc9'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:259 +msgid "Note: If Download updates while installing Xubuntu was disabled or unselected, you can run the Software Updater application after the installation. If Install third-party software for graphics and Wi-Fi hardware and additional media formats was unselected during installation, you can open the Software & Updates app after the installation, enable the Proprietary drivers for devices (restricted) repository on the Ubuntu Software tab, and then install the drivers on the Additional Drivers tab to install drivers. You would also need to install the ubuntu-restricted-extras package." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:269 +msgid "Disk Space Allocation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:270 +msgid "The next screen of the installer is the Installation type screen, which will vary in its list of installation and reinstallation options depending on which operating system(s) are currently on your hard disk. Regular users are recommended to choose either Erase disk and install Xubuntu, to completely wipe the disk and install Xubuntu as the only OS, or Install Xubuntu alongside [OS], to create a dual boot setup with Xubuntu and an existing operating system ([OS] is the existing OS, e.g. Microsoft Windows XP Professional in the screenshot). Advanced users can choose the Something else option, which gives them the ability to create, format, delete and assign partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:277 +msgid "If you choose to install Xubuntu alongside another existing operating system, you will be given the option to adjust how much hard disk space Xubuntu will use after you click the Continue button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:284 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/installer-no-os-found.png' md5='dce8ec1fcd9e1595a57f9d03bfad1092'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: mediaobject/caption +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:286 +msgid "When no OS is found" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:295 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/installer-os-found.png' md5='046d26589b8613e9262ec80f438ea9ea'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: mediaobject/caption +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:297 +msgid "When an OS is found" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:306 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/installer-reinstall-options.png' md5='f49b918e628a7a4d372dc38243dc7f33'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: mediaobject/caption +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:308 +msgid "Options to reinstall" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:317 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/installer-side-by-side.png' md5='bc161c459f5a657a62270d4bb78e718c'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: mediaobject/caption +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:319 +msgid "Adjust space taken by Xubuntu" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:327 +msgid "Disk Changes Confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:328 +msgid "When clicking the Install Now button, the installer will show a confirmation dialog before it makes non-reversible changes to your hard disk's partitions and data. Read the changes carefully and, if you agree, click the Continue button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:336 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/installer-write-auto.png' md5='198290696f21c5b390b746306a608e56'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: mediaobject/caption +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:338 +msgid "Write automated disk changes" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:347 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/installer-write-alongside.png' md5='a42d8ea5a512815018080cfea73df442'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: mediaobject/caption +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:349 +msgid "Write alongside disk changes" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:357 +msgid "Select Your Location" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:358 +msgid "The next screen of the installer will be the Where are you? screen. There you can type the name of the town or city in the text field or click on the map to select your time zone. If you are connected to the internet, your location will be automatically detected. Click the Continue button to proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:364 +msgid "Login Details" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:365 +msgid "At the Who are you? screen, once you enter your name, a computer name and username will be automatically suggested. You can change both as you prefer. The computer name, aka hostname, is the name your computer will have when it appears on the network, while the username will be your login and account name." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:368 +msgid "Next, enter a password, which will be evaluated, yielding a grade of 'short', 'weak', 'fair', 'good' or 'strong'. A strong password is one with a minimum of 8 characters, containing a mixture of uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers and symbols. It is highly recommended to use a strong password. You then have the option to select whether your computer will require you to type your password to log in when you first turn it on or have it log in automatically. You will always be required to type your password if you lock your computer or if the screen times out due to inactivity." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:378 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/installer-where-are-you.png' md5='854289c27dec2cdea1dfcb17b2b67f4e'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:388 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/installer-who-are-you.png' md5='eb97018ec2df1ce9a00998c20f87db8c'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:60 -msgid "You may need to restart your computer to finish disabling the driver." +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:394 +msgid "It is recommended to store your passwords in a password manager application, like KeePassXC (keepassxc) or Bitwarden, which can also generate passwords for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:65 -msgid "Disks and partitions" +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:400 +msgid "Background Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:401 +msgid "The installer will now begin installing Xubuntu in the background. While this is happening, installation slides will teach you a little bit more about Xubuntu, its support channels and community." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:408 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/installer-background-1.png' md5='60a5bf4a1781404af835b39cae9c44ab'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:418 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/installer-background-2.png' md5='b2b702de992573d5a9def2ef7f01bae4'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:68 -msgid "Checking how much disk space is available" +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:427 +msgid "Installation Completion" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:70 -msgid "A simple way to check available disk space is to launch Thunar. There are several ways to do this:" +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:428 +msgid "After all the files have been copied to the hard disk and the configurations have been set, a dialog window will appear asking to restart the computer. Click the Restart Now button and you will be prompted to remove the installation medium and press Enter to restart." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:73 -msgid "Go to AccessoriesFile Manager" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:436 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/installation-complete.png' md5='909d817a57ca1f15d902fd335bacb196'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:74 -msgid "Double-click on the File System or Home icon on your Desktop" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:446 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/installation/remove-medium.png' md5='9f149f1335b04801d4738d04f34b1486'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:75 -msgid "Click the home folder on the Launcher Panel" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:457 +msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:78 -msgid "The status bar at the bottom of the window shows the free space for the current drive or disk. If you have more than one drive mounted or connected, you can click on them in the side pane and you will then see displayed the free space for that disk." +#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:458 +msgid "Congratulations! You have successfully installed Xubuntu and now it’s time to start enjoying it. Once the computer restarts, you will either be automatically started into Xubuntu and see the login screen or, if you have multiple operating systems installed on your hard disk, the GRUB boot menu, which lets you choose between starting Xubuntu or another installed OS." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:14 +msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:82 -msgid "How can I free up disk space?" +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:17 +msgid "Startup" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:84 -msgid "There are several simple ways of making more disk space available:" +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:19 +msgid "If you have installed Xubuntu alongside another OS (Operating System), also known as dual booting, then you will be presented with the GRUB boot menu when you turn on your computer. This menu gives you options to start Xubuntu, start Xubuntu with advanced options, run a memory test or start other OSes. You may press the Escape key before booting to access the GRUB menu if you are not on a dual boot system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:20 +msgid "Once the booting process begins, you will see the Xubuntu splash screen with a circular animation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:26 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/introduction/startup.png' md5='3a5b9606227ebdf6625f463f355c112e'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:32 +msgid "If you would like to customize the look and behaviour of the GRUB boot menu, you can install Grub Customizer (grub-customizer, PPA)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:35 +msgid "Login Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:37 +msgid "When the booting process is complete, the login screen appears. It contains a panel at the top and a login dialog in the center of the screen. From left to right, the panel contains the computer name, the session selector, locale/language selector, accessibility options selector, date & time, and log out options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:43 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/introduction/login-panel.png' md5='30e4e7e64510cc3128c89da4a353a60f'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:49 +msgid "The login dialog allows you to select an account name and type in the password to log into that session. You will not see the login screen if you selected the Log in automatically option on the Who are you? screen of the installer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:55 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/introduction/login-dialog.png' md5='bde1054eb6b6633c887ccfadb7e1ee4b'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:61 +msgid "To enable or disable automatic login of a user account, open Users and Groups, found in the Applications Menu or Settings Manager, select the account in the list on the left, click the Change... button on the Password line and check or uncheck the Don’t ask for password on login checkbox. To configure the appearance of the login screen, open LightDM GTK+ Greeter settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:66 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:172 +msgid "Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:68 +msgid "Similar to the login screen, the default Xubuntu desktop has a single panel located at the top of the screen, along with a wallpaper and desktop icons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:74 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/introduction/desktop.png' md5='5fae18fc82cf544b27afecc4095d7ba5'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:81 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:31 +msgid "Panel" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:83 +msgid "The panel is used for launching and switching applications as well as providing easy access to interactive system status indicators in order to see and change the status of important components of your system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:89 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/introduction/panel.png' md5='a4e486ada8470b29e43f31888c83453f'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:95 +msgid "On the left side of the panel you will find the Applications Menu button, which has the icon of the Xubuntu logo. Next to that is the list of running applications with available windows, known as the window list or taskbar buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:97 +msgid "On the right of the panel is the Notification Area, which contains indicators showing status information, like network connectivity and sound volume level. The first indicator on the far right is the clock, which displays the system date and time. Clicking on the clock displays the calendar. Some indicator icons appear and disappear based on context. The bluetooth icon, for example, will appear when a bluetooth adapter is present. The notification area also hosts system tray icons of running applications that support this feature, such as Transmission or Audacious." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:98 +msgid "The location of the panel and its components along with various options can be customized by right-clicking on the panel and selecting PanelPanel Preferences." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:102 +msgid "Applications Menu" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:108 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/introduction/menu.png' md5='f76760cb2683e0ed405a16f8bf39214f'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:114 +msgid "Clicking the Applications Menu button on the panel or pressing the Ctrl+Escape keyboard shortcut will open the menu, which has five (5) sections:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:87 -msgid "Empty your trash by right-clicking the Trash icon on the Desktop or the Launcher Panel and selecting Empty Trash." +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:117 +msgid "A search field to filter installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:88 -msgid "Remove software packages that you no longer use." +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:118 +msgid "A column listing application categories." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:119 +msgid "A list of applications in the selected category. Favorites is selected and displayed by default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:120 +msgid "The user account’s name and photograph." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/system-lock-screen.png' md5='590defcb87fb77d35cd0a878d176a0dd'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:89 -msgid "Delete files that you no longer need. You can install the GNOME Disk Usage Analyzer from Gnome Software to find which files are taking up the most space." +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:121 +msgid "Command buttons for the Settings Manager, locking the screen and the log out dialog." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:92 -msgid "Be careful not to delete files that you still need!" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:123 +msgid "To customize the appearance and behaviour of the Applications Menu, right-click the menu icon and select Properties. To customize which applications appear in the menu and their properties (icon, text, command), right-click the menu icon and select Edit Applications or open Menu Editor." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:96 -msgid "Partitioning a Device" +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:127 +msgid "Desktop Icons and Wallpaper" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:98 -msgid "You can use GParted (GNOME Partition Editor) to partition storage devices. Install GParted from Gnome Software and then go to Settings ManagerGParted to start the partition editor." +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:129 +msgid "The default desktop has three primary icons -- Home, File System and Trash -- as well as icons for partitions and removable devices, if they are present. Additional files, folders, application launchers and website shortcuts can be added to the desktop and can be manually or automatically arranged. You can set the desktop wallpaper and which desktop icons are visible, as well as their options, by right-clicking in a blank area of the desktop and choosing Desktop Settings from the context menu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:100 -msgid "Be careful when altering disk partitions, as it is possible to lose your data if you delete or change the wrong partition." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:135 +msgid "Session Management" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:102 -msgid "Altering disk partitions can take some time. Do not assume that GParted has hung or crashed while it is working." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:137 +msgid "Xubuntu provides a collection of commands for managing your session. These commands are accessible from the command buttons section of the Applications Menu as well as through shortcut keys." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:104 -msgid "If it is necessary to unmount the installed system to proceed with changes you wish to make, you will have to work from a live CD/USB to do so." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:138 +msgid "The first of the these commands is the Lock Screen button, which locks the current session and presents the login dialog to resume the session. Locking the screen is also accessible by two keyboard shortcuts: Super+L and Ctrl+Alt+L." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:107 -msgid "Freeing space for a new partition" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:144 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/introduction/session.png' md5='54a21873c6a7de387d17bef6640ae0dd'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:109 -msgid "To create a new partition inside an already partitioned device, you must first resize an existing partition. If you already have free space, skip to the section. Otherwise, follow the instructions below:" +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:150 +msgid "The remaining session commands are accessible through the Log Out button, as well as the Ctrl+Alt+Delete keyboard shortcuts, which opens a dialog and gives access to commands to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:112 -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:126 -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:141 -msgid "Select the device to partition from the drop-down list at the top-right of the main window" +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:152 +msgid "Log Out - End the current session." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:113 -msgid "A list of partitions will appear in the main window. Select the partition you want to resize and from the menu, choose PartitionUnmount" +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:153 +msgid "Restart - Restart the computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:114 -msgid "To resize the partition choose PartitionResize/Move. The Resize/Move dialog will be shown. You can use the Free Space Following (MiB) box to choose how much space to free after this partition, or Free Space Preceding (MiB) to free space before this partition. Alternatively you can use the slider to adjust the partition size." +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:154 +msgid "Shutdown - Shut down the computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:115 -msgid "Click Resize/Move" +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:155 +msgid "Suspend - Put the computer to sleep and have it run with minimal power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:116 -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:131 -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:144 -msgid "To apply the changes, click EditApply All Operations" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:121 -msgid "Creating a new partition" +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:156 +msgid "Hibernate - Save the current desktop session and shut down the computer. When you restart the computer, you will resume the session." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:123 -msgid "To create a new partition:" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:157 +msgid "Switch User - Log in to another user account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:127 -msgid "A list of partitions will appear. Select the one called unallocated, right-click on it and click New" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:160 +msgid "It is possible to access the session management commands from the panel by right-clicking on the panel and then PanelAdd New Items... and then adding the Action Buttons entry. It is also possible to add additional session management commands to the Applications Menu by right-clicking the Menu icon and selecting Properties and then enabling them in the Commands tab." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:128 -msgid "From the File system: pick list, choose the desired type of filesystem to use." +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:162 +msgid "Hibernation is disabled by default in Xubuntu and instructions to enable it can be found in ." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:129 -msgid "If desired, enter a description for the partition in the Label: field." +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:14 +msgid "Media applications" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:130 -msgid "Click the Add button." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:17 +msgid "Music" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:136 -msgid "Formatting a partition" +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:20 +msgid "Listening to music" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:138 -msgid "To format a partition, do the following:" +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:22 +msgid "You can use Parole Media Player to listen to music on your computer. Parole Media Player will open audio files when they are double-clicked. Alternatively, you can right click on audio files and select Open with Parole Media Player." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:142 -msgid "A list of partitions will appear. Select the desired partition and choose PartitionUnmount." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:24 +msgid "In order to play some popular audio formats like MP3, you will need to install some additional software. Unfortunately, this software cannot be provided by default in Xubuntu due to legal restrictions in some countries." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:143 -msgid "Select the partition you want to format and choose PartitionFormat to and select from the list the type of filesystem to format the partition to" +#. (itstool) path: caution/para +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:26 +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:51 +msgid "Read before following the instructions below. There are some legal issues that you should be aware of." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:150 -msgid "Mounting and unmounting devices" +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:31 +msgid "Portable music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:152 -msgid "When you connect a removable storage device to your computer, it must be mounted by the operating system so that you are able to access the files on the device." +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:33 +msgid "Xubuntu will work with most portable audio players, including iPods. Normally, all you have to do is plug the player into your computer and then use File Manager to manually copy songs to and from the player." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:154 -msgid "To find out how to mount and unmount storage devices manually and/or automatically, see the Ubuntu community wiki page for the mount command." +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:35 +msgid "Newer iPods (6th generation and newer) will not work automatically with Xubuntu unless you have done an initial synchronization with iTunes first." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:156 -msgid "When you copy files to a removable storage device, they are not always written to the device immediately. Instead, they are often stored in a queue so that they can all be transferred across to the device at the same time (for reasons of efficiency). Running the command sync can force pending data to be written to removable storage devices. If you disconnect the device before all of the files have been transferred, you could lose the files. To prevent this, you must always unmount a removable device before disconnecting it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:161 -msgid "Laptops" +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:37 +msgid "If you have a portable music player which can also display photos and videos, you may prefer to use Banshee, which is a music player with good support for such devices. iPod owners may also like to try specialized applications such as GPixPod, gtkpod, and ideviceinstaller for handling multimedia." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:164 -msgid "Power management settings" +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:42 +msgid "Movies, DVDs and videos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:166 -msgid "You may wish to change the power management settings of your laptop in order to help extend its battery life and save energy." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:169 -msgid "Go to Settings ManagerPower Manager" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:170 -msgid "Change settings as appropriate" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:171 -msgid "Changes are applied instantly" +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:44 +msgid "You can watch movies and video clips with the Parole Media Player." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:174 -msgid "When your laptop is running on battery, one of the biggest drains on power is the display. Turning the brightness of the display down could improve battery life significantly; many laptops allow you to do this by pressing Fn+F7 (or other marked key) several times." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:47 +msgid "Playing DVDs" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:178 -msgid "Touchpads" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:49 +msgid "In order to play DVDs you must install some additional software. Unfortunately, DVD support cannot be provided by default in Xubuntu due to legal restrictions in some countries." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:180 -msgid "Most laptop computers come with a touchpad, which is used to control the mouse pointer. There are many ways of changing the way that the touchpad behaves; the most basic touchpad settings can be configured in the following way:" +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:53 +msgid "To be able to play DVDs, do the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:183 -msgid "Go to Settings ManagerMouse and Touchpad" +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:56 +msgid "Install the libdvdnav4, libdvdread4 and gstreamer1.0-plugins-ugly packages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:184 -msgid "From the Device: field pick list, select the touchpad." +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:57 +msgid "Insert a DVD into your drive. It should open automatically in the Parole Media Player." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:185 -msgid "Here you can change the touchpad settings to your liking. Changes should take effect immediately." +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:58 +msgid "If you would like to play encrypted DVDs, open AccessoriesTerminal Emulator and type the following into the Terminal followed by the Enter key: sudo apt-get install libdvd-pkg Take note of the information provided in the terminal during installation, particularly with regard to upgrades to the package." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:188 -msgid "Some touchpads may be detected as normal mouse devices, even though they are actually touchpads. In this case, the Touchpad device will not be available in the mouse preferences. See the Touchpads page in the Ubuntu community wiki for more information on touchpads." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:59 +msgid "Once libdvd-pkg is finished run sudo dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-pkg The installation of libdvdcss2 will now complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:193 -msgid "Suspending and Hibernating" +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:64 +msgid "Playing video" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:195 -msgid "In order to save power, you can put your computer into one of a number of power-saving modes when you are not using it:" +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:66 +msgid "Parole Media Player supports most video types. If you try to play an unsupported video file, Parole Media Player may notify you of a missing plugin. You can then install this plugin by following the wizard. Afterwards, you may need to restart Parole Media Player." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:198 -msgid "Suspending a computer is like putting the computer to sleep. The computer will still be turned on and all of your work will be left open, but it will use much less power. You can wake the computer by pressing a key or clicking the mouse." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:68 +msgid "If you are having difficulties getting a video to stream in your browser, Parole Media Player supports streaming most types of video. To open a video in Parole Media Player, right-click the video and select Open with Parole Media Player." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:199 -msgid "Hibernating is turning the computer off completely while saving the current state of the computer (such as keeping all of your open documents). When you turn the computer back on after hibernating, all of your work should be restored as it was before hibernation. No power is used when the computer is hibernating." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:71 +msgid "Restricted formats" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:200 -msgid "Resuming is bringing the computer out of a power saving mode and back into normal operation. You can resume the computer from being suspended by pressing a keyboard button or by clicking the mouse. You can resume from hibernation by pressing the power button on your computer." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:73 +msgid "Some video formats, such as Adobe Flash, QuickTime and Windows Media Video, are proprietary and so support for them cannot be included in Xubuntu by default. You must install some extra software to allow playback." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:203 -msgid "Note that hibernate is disabled by default in Xubuntu and does not appear as an option in any menus. For a command line workaround, see ." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:75 +msgid "In order to play the most common proprietary formats in Parole Media Player or Firefox, install the xubuntu-restricted-extras package." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:0 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='../libs/images/system-log-out.png' md5='ba2ff28559a26da0486ad2554e71ca98'" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:81 +msgid "Burning CDs and DVDs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:205 -msgid "You can manually put your computer into a power-saving mode by pressing Log Out and then pressing the appropriate button." +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:83 +msgid "You can make your own CDs and DVDs by burning files onto a blank disc using the CD or DVD writer drive of your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:207 -msgid "Some computers may have problems going into certain power-saving modes. The best way of checking if your computer can handle a power-saving mode is to try to switch to that mode and see if it behaves as you expected. Always make sure you save important documents before suspending or hibernating." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:85 +msgid "Xfburn is the default application in Xubuntu to complete these tasks. Xfburn allows you to to easily create audio CDs, burn CDs and DVDs with either plain data or disk images and prepare blank re-writable disks for a new burn." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:210 -msgid "My computer doesn't suspend or hibernate correctly" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:87 +msgid "In order to launch Xfburn, go to MultimediaXfburn." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:212 -msgid "Some computers are unable to suspend or hibernate correctly with Xubuntu. If this is the case for your computer, you may notice some of the following symptoms:" +#: user-docs/C/media-apps.xml:89 +msgid "Once launched, you can insert a CD-R(W) or DVD-R(W) you wish to write to and then select the button corresponding to the action you wish to take (New Data Composition, Audio CD, etc.)." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:215 -msgid "The computer does not turn off after you click to hibernate it." +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:14 +msgid "Migrating" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:216 -msgid "When you turn the computer on after hibernating it, your previously open programs are not restored." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:17 +msgid "Migrating from Windows" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:217 -msgid "The computer will not wake up after you have suspended it." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:20 +msgid "A quick Windows-Xubuntu dictionary" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:218 -msgid "Certain programs or hardware devices stop working correctly after resuming from hibernation or waking-up from being suspended." +#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:23 +msgid "Windows" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:221 -msgid "If you suffer from any of these problems, you should report a bug to Launchpad. The problems will hopefully be fixed in a subsequent version of Xubuntu. If your hardware does not work properly after suspending or hibernating your computer, restart your computer and it should return to normal. If a program does not work properly, try closing the program and then starting it again." +#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:23 +msgid "Xubuntu" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:223 -msgid "Make sure that you save all of your open documents before testing for suspend and hibernate problems." +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:24 +msgid "Add/Remove Programs" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:227 -msgid "Enabling hibernation" +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:24 +msgid "Software" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:229 -msgid "To enable and use hibernation with Xubuntu, do the following:" +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:25 +msgid "Control Panel" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:232 -msgid "Install the pm-utils package from Gnome Software." +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:25 +msgid " Settings Manager for personal preferences System (menu) for additional configuration" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:233 -msgid "From the command line, enter: sudo pm-hibernate." +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:26 +msgid "Windows Explorer" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:234 -msgid "Enter your password." +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:26 +msgid "AccessoriesFile Manager" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:235 -msgid "To resume from hibernation, press the power button." +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:27 +msgid "My Documents" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:241 -msgid "I get strange patterns on the screen when I hibernate my computer" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:0 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/icon_location.png' md5='71b7dc6dffc6d296d54a2fa354f2204f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:243 -msgid "Your screen may show a black and white pattern just after you click to hibernate your computer. This is usually nothing to worry about and is just how the graphics cards of some computers respond to the initial stages of the hibernation process. If the computer displays the pattern for a prolonged period of time without turning itself off then you may have a problem with hibernation. See for more information." +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:27 +msgid " /home/username/" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:248 -msgid "Mice and keyboards" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:250 -msgid "When you install Xubuntu, you are given the option of selecting your keyboard type and language. During the installation, your pointing devices should be automatically detected and configured. If you want or need to change the settings of any of these devices after installation, you can do so by going to Settings ManagerMouse and Touchpad or Settings ManagerKeyboard." +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:32 +msgid "Windows applications on Linux" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:252 -msgid "Options for mice and touchpads include:" +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:33 +msgid "It is possible to run Windows applications under Xubuntu. Three popular choices are:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:255 -msgid "Button orientation" +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:35 +msgid "Wine (wine), the Windows emulator. Wine allows running Windows applications without having to install a Windows operating system. Refer to the Wine AppDB to find out which applications will run on Wine and the Wine documentation for FAQ's and user support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:256 -msgid "Pointer speed and sensitivity" +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:36 +msgid "PlayOnLinux is an easy to use frontend for Wine, which makes it easy to install popular Windows applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:257 -msgid "Double-click sensitivity" +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:37 +msgid "VirtualBox, virtualization software. You can install a Windows operating system along with any application into a virtual machine managed by VirtualBox. Note that 3D support on VirtualBox is still quite unreliable. To read more about VirtualBox and virtualization, refer to the VirtualBox end-user documentation." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:258 -msgid "Cursor theme" +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:40 +msgid "Both Wine and VirtualBox are available in the software repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:261 -msgid "Some of the options for configuring your keyboard include:" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:44 +msgid "Windows networking on Linux" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:264 -msgid "State of the Num Lock key on startup" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:46 +msgid "Accessing Windows network shares under Xubuntu can be easily done using:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:265 -msgid "Key repeat speed and delay" +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:48 +msgid "AccessoriesFile Manager, where you can browse publicly visible shares by clicking on the Network item in the sidebar. Alternatively, you can browse a remote file system by going to GoOpen Location... and entering smb://computername/sharename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:266 -msgid "Cursor blinking speed" +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:49 +msgid "SystemGigolo, which allows you to save bookmarks and manage remote file systems. To connect, click the first toolbar button. Select Windows Share from Service Type, then enter the remote share's details." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:267 -msgid "Application keyboard shortcuts" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/migrating.xml:52 +msgid "If some options are not available or do not work, ensure that the gvfs-backends is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:268 -msgid "Keyboard layout and language " +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:14 +msgid "Printing and Scanning" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: user-docs/C/hardware-devices.xml:271 -msgid "If you are using a mouse on a laptop that also has a touchpad, you can change the behavior of each of them individually by selecting the appropriate device from the Device: pick list on the Devices tab page." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:17 +msgid "Printing" msgstr "" -#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "translator-credits" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:19 +msgid "The majority of consumer printers are automatically supported by Xubuntu, as it uses the CUPS (Common UNIX Printing System) back-end. This includes support for driver-less WiFi/wired network printing with printers that support IPP Everywhere and Apple AirPrint. If your printer is not immediately supported by Xubuntu you may need to install additional software, such as Gutenprint (printer-driver-gutenprint) and IPP-USB (install). Gutenprint extends CUPS by providing support for printers seen less often in end-user consumer settings, while IPP-USB is a more robust replacement to the default installation of the ippusbxd package. Normally CUPS and Gutenprint support is better adapted to Xubuntu than what will be available from the printer manufacturer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: book/title -#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:14 -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:17 -msgid "Xubuntu Documentation" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:22 +msgid "Managing Your Printer" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/title -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:19 -msgid "Credits and License" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:24 +msgid "Printer management can be done in the Printers settings dialog, which is accessible from the Hardware category of the Settings Manager, the Settings category of the application Applications Menu (Ctrl + Escape), and in the Application Finder (Alt + F3)." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:20 -msgid "This documentation is maintained by the Xubuntu documentation team." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:30 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/printing_scanning/printer-dialog.png' md5='5d00073f8451f7d97453bd9255ac0f38'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:22 -msgid "The contributors to this documentation are:" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:36 +msgid "The Printers settings dialog allows you to add a new local printer (a printer directly connected to your computer through a USB, serial or printer port) or network printer (a printer connected on your network or a printer shared on the network through another computer). It also allows you to modify listed printers’ settings, such as renaming how they are labeled on your system, restarting, or disabling them. You can also share a printer with other computers on your network thereby making it a network printer. Depending upon the make and model of your printer, you can also check your printer’s consumables, such as toner or ink as well as paper, or send test print jobs." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:24 -msgid "Chris Crenshaw" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:40 +msgid "Add Printer" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:25 -msgid "Lefteris Pavlou" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:42 +msgid "Setting up a new local printer should be as easy as plugging it into your computer and powering it on. The printer should be automatically detected and configured. Once it is successfully detected, a printer icon will appear in the notification area of the panel and a notification popup will appear with the text Printer is ready for printing." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:26 -msgid "Pasi Lallinaho (knome)" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:48 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/printing_scanning/new-printer.png' md5='b58d01f7ae80681f0458a2b54893f062'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:27 -msgid "Sean Davis (bluesabre)" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:54 +msgid "If your printer was not detected, you will need to follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:28 -msgid "Stephen Michael Kellat (skellat)" +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:57 +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:82 +msgid "Open the Printers settings dialog." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:29 -msgid "Yousuf Philips (jphilips)" +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:58 +msgid "Click the Add button in the toolbar or ServerNewPrinter in the menu to open the New Printer dialog." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:30 -msgid "Zachariah Lorenzini (zachtex)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:40 -msgid "The contributors to previous versions of this documentation are:" +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:59 +msgid "Select the appropriate Printer, Port, URI, Protocol or Network Printer entry in the Devices list on the left of the dialog. If your printer is not visible, you may need to click on the triangle next to Find Network Printer to expand the list of printers on your network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:42 -msgid "Cody A.W. Somerville (cody-somerville)" +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:60 +msgid "Where applicable, fill in any relevant details into the text fields and/or dropdown lists on the right of the dialog and then click the Forward button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:43 -msgid "David Pires (slickymaster)" +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:61 +msgid "If you are adding a local printer, your computer will search for it and install its drivers. If you are installing a network printer, you will go through additional steps of selecting the printer manufacturer, printer model and driver." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:44 -msgid "Elfy (elfy)" +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:62 +msgid "You will then be prompted to enter a short name, description, and location of the printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:45 -msgid "Elizabeth Krumbach (lyz)" +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:63 +msgid "Press the Apply button to finalize the configuration of the printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:46 -msgid "Freddy Martinez (freddymartinez9)" +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:64 +msgid "You will be prompted with a dialog asking Would you like to print a test page?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:47 -msgid "Jack Fromm (jjfrv8)" +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:65 +msgid "If you press the Print Test Page button, a test page will print and you can verify if it printed correctly or you can press Cancel. Either way, your printer is ready to print." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:48 -msgid "Jan M. (fijam7)" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:68 +msgid "If you are experiencing problems adding a printer with the steps above, you can try using the CUPS browser-based interface. It can be accessed at http://localhost:631/. Click the Administration menu item at the top of the page for options to add and find new printers. Do not make any changes in the Printers settings dialog or other system printer management utilities until you are finished using the CUPS browser-based interface. You may need to restart CUPS for it to reflect any changes that you make directly in the browser-based interface." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:49 -msgid "Jay van Cooten (skippersboss)" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:71 +msgid "If the printer is directly connected to a Windows machine on your network, choose the Windows Printer via SAMBA entry from the Devices list. If you do not know the protocol or details of your network printer, you should consult the printer’s manual or ask your network administrator." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:50 -msgid "Jim Campbell (jwcampbell)" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:72 +msgid "Search the OpenPrinting database or check the Community Help Printer page for information on your printer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:51 -msgid "Kev Bowring (flocculant)" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:77 +msgid "Share Printer" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:52 -msgid "Krytarik Raido (krytarik)" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:79 +msgid "If you want to share your local printer with other computers on your network:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:53 -msgid "Luzius Thöny (lucius-antonius)" +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:83 +msgid "Click ServerSettings in the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:54 -msgid "Steve Dodier-Lazaro (sidi)" +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:84 +msgid "Enable the Publish shared printers connected to this system checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:55 -msgid "Unit 193 (unit193)" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:58 -msgid "This document is made available under the Creative Commons ShareAlike 4.0 License (CC-BY-SA)." +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:85 +msgid "Click the OK button." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:59 -msgid "You are free to modify, extend, and improve the Xubuntu documentation under the terms of this license. All derivative works must be released under this license." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:92 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/printing_scanning/print-server-settings.png' md5='dcb3d1cf852077eadab117c21d57a54a'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:61 -msgid "This documentation is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AS DESCRIBED IN THE DISCLAIMER." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:98 +msgid "Then go to your secondary Xubuntu installation and open the Printers settings dialog. Click the Add button in the toolbar, then expand the Network Printer option. The shared printer should appear below as the sharing computer’s IP address. You may need to first search for the IP address using the Find Network Printer option." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:64 -msgid "A copy of the license is available here: Creative Commons ShareAlike License." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:102 +msgid "Management Software" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:65 -msgid "All trademarks or registered trademarks are the property of the respective owners." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:104 +msgid "If you have an HP (Hewlett Packard) printer and would like additional software to manage it, you can install the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) GUI utilities (hplib-gui). These utilities include the HPLIP Toolbox application which will be found in the Settings category of the Applications Menu and the Others category of the Settings Manager. On supported inkjet printers, you will be able to monitor ink levels, check printer status, change page size and print quality, as well as clean the printer heads. On supported laser printers you will be able to monitor toner level, check printer status, change page size, and manage print quality. For all-in-one (multi-function) devices, you will be able to change fax settings and functionality. For more information about HPLIP click here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:68 -msgid "2012–2021 The Xubuntu documentation team. Xubuntu and Canonical are registered trademarks of Canonical Ltd." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:110 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/printing_scanning/hp-device-manager.png' md5='24e5e0aef44e4748c031950478016c5e'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: publisher/publishername -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:74 -msgid "The Xubuntu documentation team" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:118 +msgid "Printer Support" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: abstract/title -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:78 -msgid "Welcome!" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:119 +msgid "The OpenPrinting database stores information about printers, their drivers, and how well they are supported under Linux. If you are not sure about how well a printer is supported in a Linux environment check that database. It is also a good database to check before buying a new printer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: abstract/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:80 -msgid "This documentation provides information on some of the most common topics on using Xubuntu. The complete set of topics is listed below." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:123 +msgid "Printer Drivers" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: abstract/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:82 -msgid "If you require help with a topic or problem that is not addressed by the documentation, you can visit the Help & Support page of the Xubuntu website for a full list of additional help resources. Some of these resources include live chat on the #xubuntu (English) IRC channel or an Ubuntu localized channel, live chat on the Xubuntu Support Telegram group, email support on our Xubuntu user (English) mailing list or an Ubuntu localized list, Xubuntu Reddit, Xfce Forums and Ubuntu Forums as discussion platforms, and Ask Ubuntu for Q and A." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:125 +msgid "If your printer doesn’t work automatically or you’d like to install the printer drivers and utilities from the printer manufacturer, here are some links to assist." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: abstract/para -#: user-docs/C/index.xml:84 -msgid "If you would like to contribute to Xubuntu, including this documentation, see the Get Involved section of the Xubuntu website. Xubuntu is a community-driven project that you can participate in. There are many areas of involvement, including artwork, bug reporting, bug triaging, testing, documentation, translation, programming, marketing, and more. To participate you can contact the team on the #xubuntu-devel IRC channel, the Xubuntu Development Telegram group, or the Xubuntu Development mailing list." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:126 +msgid "HP, Canon, Brother, Epson, Xerox, Lexmark" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:14 -msgid "Installation" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:131 +msgid "Scanning" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:17 -msgid "Preparation" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:133 +msgid "Similar to Xubuntu’s support for printers, it also has plug and play support for many scanners, as many of them today come as part of multi-function devices. Scanner support on Linux is provided by the SANE project which maintains a list of supported scanners. Additional scanner support can be achieved with the installation of SANE-airscan (install), which allows driver-less network scanning with scanners that support Apple AirScan (eSCL) and Microsoft WSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:20 -msgid "Prerequisites" +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:136 +msgid "Using your Scanner" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:21 -msgid "Visit the System Requirements page to ensure that your computer meets the necessary hardware requirements to install and run Xubuntu. In general, Xubuntu will run on most computers (PC or Mac) that were built since 2007 and shipped with an OS (Operating System) like Windows XP and Mac OS X 10.5 or higher." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:25 -msgid "If you are installing Xubuntu on a laptop, it is recommended to keep your laptop plugged in during the installation, in order to prevent a sudden power loss which can cause a corrupted system. If you are running Windows 10 and have Intel's RST (Rapid Storage Technology) running, you will need to turn it off before installation." +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:138 +msgid "To begin using your scanner, open the Document Scanner or Simple Scan app, which is accessible from the Graphics category of the Applications Menu (Ctrl + Escape) and in the Application Finder (Alt + F3). Follow the next steps to scan a document, picture/image, etc.:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:32 -msgid "Download the ISO" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:141 +msgid "Connect your scanner and power it on." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:33 -msgid "Visit the Download page to download the ISO image for your selected edition of Xubuntu. If you prefer stability, it is recommended to download the LTS (Long Term Support) release, which is supported for 3 years. The ISO file can be downloaded with a BitTorrent client, such as Transmission or qBittorrent, or through your browser from one of the many global mirror servers." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:142 +msgid "Place what you want to scan on the scanner flatbed or feeder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:37 -msgid "Write the ISO" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:143 +msgid "Close the lid if you have a lid." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:38 -msgid "The ISO file needs to be written to a bootable medium, like a USB flash drive, an SD memory card or a DVD optical disk." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:144 +msgid "Click the arrow to the right of the Scan button and choose the type of media you are scanning, Text or Photo." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:41 -msgid "Write to USB or SD" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:145 +msgid "Click the Scan button to begin your scan." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:42 -msgid "If you have a USB stick or an SD card with 2 GB of storage or more, you can use one of these apps to write the ISO file: Rufus (Windows), Etcher (Windows, Mac, Linux), Gnome Disks (apt-install). For more information on how to write the ISO to USB or SD, please see these guides for Windows, Mac or Linux." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:152 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/printing_scanning/document-scanner.png' md5='70b086c72efdecc3e94c4260752c12e6'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:46 -msgid "Write to DVD" +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:160 +msgid "No Scanners Detected" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:47 -msgid "If you have a blank DVD disk and a DVD writer drive, you can burn the ISO with one of these apps, if your operating system doesn’t have the built-in capabilities to do so: InfraRecorder (Windows), Brasero (apt-install), Xfburn (apt-install). For more information on how to burn the ISO to a DVD, please see these guides for Windows, Mac or Linux." +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:162 +msgid "There are two reasons why you might get this message:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:52 -msgid "Backup Data" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:165 +msgid "Your scanner is not automatically supported, which includes most parallel port scanners and Lexmark All-in-One printer/scanner/faxes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:166 +msgid "The driver for your scanner is not being loaded automatically." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:53 -msgid "If you plan to install Xubuntu alongside an existing OS, it is recommended to back up the data of the existing OS as a precaution in case something goes wrong. You can back up the data files to an external USB drive and/or to a secondary hard drive on your computer." +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:169 +msgid "You may be able to get your scanner working by installing a driver or altering some configuration files. Please ask for advice on the Ubuntu forums or on AskUbuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:60 -msgid "Booting" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:171 +msgid "To get some scanners working, you may need to plug the scanner in after the computer has booted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:63 -msgid "BIOS / UEFI Considerations" +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:175 +msgid "Manually installing a scanner" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:64 -msgid "Some computers may require additional configuration before the Xubuntu installation medium can be booted. Please refer to this section if you are unable to boot into the installer or if your hardware is not properly detected." +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:177 +msgid "There are some scanners that have incomplete drivers from the SANE project. They can sometimes be used, but not all the features may work. For these scanners:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:65 -msgid "Warning: This is an advanced computer feature and should only be attempted with caution. F2 and Del are common keys to access the BIOS settings." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:180 +msgid "Install the libsane-extras package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:67 -msgid "Intel RST" +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:181 +msgid "Run pkexec mousepad /etc/sane.d/dll.conf at the command line to open the SANE driver file for editing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:68 -msgid "Secure Boot / Windows 8/10 / Fast Boot / Fast Startup" +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:182 +msgid "Enable the correct driver for your scanner by removing the # from in front of the name of the driver. You may need to search the web to find out which driver is the right one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:69 -msgid "macOS T.2 Security" +#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:183 +msgid "Save the file and open Simple Scan. If all goes well, your scanner will now work." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:74 -msgid "Starting the Bootable Medium" +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:14 +msgid "Settings - Connectivity" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:75 -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:100 -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:37 -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:53 -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:80 -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:88 -msgid "[image placeholder]" +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:19 +msgid "Whether you are connected to a computer on your home’s LAN (Local Area Network) or a computer kilometers away on the Internet, the status of your network connection is always visible to you in the notification area of the panel. Network customization settings are available in the Advanced Network Configuration settings dialog, which is accessible from the Hardware category of the Settings Manager, the Settings category of the Applications Menu (Ctrl + Escape), and in the Application Finder (Alt + F3)." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:76 -msgid "Insert the bootable medium into the respective device (the USB drive in a USB port, the SD card in the SD card reader or the DVD disk in the DVD drive) and restart your computer. If your computer is set to first boot from the bootable medium of your choice, then the medium will automatically boot. If it doesn’t start automatically, please refer to the computer manufacturer’s documentation for entering the boot menu. This could consist of pressing a key, such as F12, or using a dedicated button on the computer. In some cases, you may need to boot into Windows to access the BIOS. Once you have entered the boot menu, select the appropriate boot medium device." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:22 +msgid "Network Applet" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:77 -msgid "The key to press for your computer’s boot menu will depend on the manufacturer of the computer or motherboard. F12 is the most common boot menu key, but other common alternative keys are Escape and F10. Less common keys include F11, F9, and F8. If your computer is not capable of booting through USB, but has a CD or DVD drive, you can utilize PLoP." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:24 +msgid "When there is no access to the network, either because networking has been disabled or a connection to the network hasn’t been established, a disconnected Network icon will appear on the panel to indicate this status. When you are connected, the icon will vary depending on which connection type the network is using." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:81 -msgid "Booting the Installer" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:30 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_connectivity/network-panel.png' md5='6b65686884aa7f7e12e923d7e10b0df0'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:82 -msgid "Once the bootable media starts, a blank screen will appear with a keyboard and accessibility icons [image placeholder]. At this point, you have 5 seconds to press any key to access the installer boot menu, if you wish to. The boot menu will initially present a language selection menu, followed by a simple menu with options to install or try Xubuntu, test memory, boot from the hard disk, as well as other options accessible by pressing the F1 through F6 keys (for more information about the Fn keys options, click here)." +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:36 +msgid "Clicking on the Network icon will open a menu that displays the connectivity status to the Ethernet and Wi-Fi networks, as well as listing any Wi-Fi networks that are in range. If you are connecting using a wired ethernet cable, it will connect automatically, whereas if you select a Wi-Fi network in the menu that wasn’t previously connected, a dialog box may open if a password is needed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:83 -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:90 -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:109 -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:117 -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:123 -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:135 -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:142 -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:148 -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:21 -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:28 -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:31 -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:41 -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:47 -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:58 -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:85 -msgid "[images placeholder]" +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:37 +msgid "The Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi Network... menu entry will allow you to connect to a Wi-Fi network that is hiding its network name by entering the network name and, if required, the password. The Create New Wi-Fi Network... menu entry will allow you to create a new wireless hotspot from your computer. The entry will open a dialog where you can set the network name, security method and key to be used." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:87 -msgid "Integrity Check" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:43 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_connectivity/network-properties.png' md5='6b4f8199cef01e4f493b2bc1b160fc8b'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:88 -msgid "After the initial boot screen, releases of Xubuntu 20.04 and later default to checking the integrity of the install media, which can be skipped by pressing Ctrl + C. This check is important as it is common for corrupted installation media to cause failed installations." +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:49 +msgid "Selecting the Connection Information menu item will open a dialog that displays information about the connection devices, including their MAC addresses, drivers, and speed, as well as IP address information in both IPv4 and IPv6. Selecting the Edit Connections... menu entry will open the network configuration dialog." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:89 -msgid "If you get a black screen after the integrity check, reboot your system and select one of the safe graphics options in the GRUB menu." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:50 +msgid "To disconnect from a network, select the Disconnect menu entry under the appropriate connection type. Enabling and disabling the wired and wireless connections is possible by selecting the Enable Networking or Enable Wi-Fi checkboxes. Enable Networking will enable or disable all wired and wireless connections, while Enable Wi-Fi is limited to enabling or disabling wireless connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:95 -msgid "Installer" +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:54 +msgid "Network Dialog" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:98 -msgid "Welcome Screen" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:56 +msgid "To make configuration changes to network connections, select the Edit Connections... entry in the Network applet’s menu or open the Advanced Network Configuration settings dialog through the Applications Menu, Application Finder, or Settings Manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:62 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_connectivity/network-connections.png' md5='751759db908666010e79ba177ed22a18'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:99 -msgid "You will be greeted with the installer’s welcome screen when the installer begins. There you can select the language of the installer from the list on the left and press the Install Xubuntu button to begin the installation process." +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:68 +msgid "The dialog lists existing network connections categorized by connection type. The bottom of the dialog has buttons to add and remove network connections or edit the selected network connection. When editing a network connection, you can set features such as the connection’s name, whether it should use a VPN, MAC address clone, security options, proxy options, IP address options, and DNS servers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:69 +msgid "If you click the Add a new connection button at the bottom of the Network Connections dialog, a dialog will appear asking you to select the connection type. The connection type list includes hardware types, such as DSL and Mobile Broadband, virtual types, such as Bond and Bridge, and VPN (Virtual Private Network) types. If the VPN connection type you wish to create isn’t listed, you will need to install its plugin, with OpenVPN (network-manager-openvpn-gnome), WireGuard (PPA, wireguard) and OpenConnect (network-manager-openconnect-gnome) being popular options. To be able to connect to certain networks, you may need connection details that will be supplied to you by your network administrator or ISP (Internet Service Provider)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:101 -msgid "If you selected one of the Try Xubuntu ... entries in the installer boot menu or the Try Xubuntu button on the welcome screen, you can start or restart the installer by clicking the Install Xubuntu desktop icon." +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:70 +msgid "Unfortunately, dialup modems are not supported by the NetworkManager. To read about connecting with a dialup modem, please refer to the Ubuntu community wiki’s Dialup modem How-to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:105 -msgid "Initial Steps" +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:73 +msgid "Sharing Your Connection With Another Computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:106 -msgid "The next screen of the installer will be the Keyboard layout screen. There you can select your keyboard layout, if it wasn’t correctly detected. If you are unsure of your keyboard layout, you may press the Detect Keyboard Layout button to go through a brief configuration procedure and test that the layout works as intended in the keyboard test field. Click the Continue button to proceed." +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:75 +msgid "If you are connected to a network connection by Ethernet cable or by cellular and have a Wireless adapter connected to your computer or laptop, you can share your connection with another computer. To set up the wifi hotspot, the simple method is to select the Create New Wi-Fi Network... menu entry through the Network panel applet. Alternatively open the Network Connections settings dialog and either add or modify a Wi-Fi connection. In the connection properties dialog, switch to the IPv4 Settings tab and change Method to Shared to other computers from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:107 -msgid "If you are not connected to the internet but your computer has Wi-Fi, you will see the Wireless screen, where you can either connect to one of the available networks or continue without connecting." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:81 +msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:108 -msgid "After clicking the Continue button, you will arrive at the Updates and other software screen. There you have the options to download updates during the installation, if you have an internet connection, and whether to install third-party software, like the Nvidia graphics card driver and multimedia codecs for playing media files. It is recommended to have both of them checked." +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:83 +msgid "Bluetooth is a popular wireless technology that allows us to easily pair our computers, mobile phones, and tablets to input and output peripherals, like headsets, speakers, mice, keyboards, and printers. If a bluetooth adapter is connected to your computer, a bluetooth applet will appear in the notification area of the panel. If the bluetooth icon is dimmed, then the bluetooth adapter is disabled and hovering the mouse over the icon will also show this status in the tooltip. Clicking the Bluetooth icon will display a menu with action options, such as changing the adapter’s status and sending a file to a device, as well as configuration options, such as adapter and device settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:114 -msgid "Disk Space Allocation" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:89 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_connectivity/blueman-panel.png' md5='959701337f468736c89ce6c1ae689fa7'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:115 -msgid "The next screen of the installer is the Installation type screen, which will vary in its list of installation and reinstallation options depending on which operating system(s) are currently on your hard disk. Regular users are recommended to choose either Erase disk and install Xubuntu, to completely wipe the disk and install Xubuntu as the only OS, or Install Xubuntu alongside [OS], to create a dual boot setup with Xubuntu and an existing operating system ([OS] is the existing OS, e.g. Microsoft Windows XP Professional in the screenshot). Advanced users can choose the Something else option, which gives them the ability to create, format, delete and assign partitions." +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:95 +msgid "The top menu item will allow you to enable or disable the bluetooth adapter depending on its current status. The Set Up New Device... menu item will open a wizard dialog to assist you in connecting your new bluetooth device. The Adapters... menu entry will open a dialog where you can set the adapter’s visibility and broadcast name. The Devices... menu entry will open the Bluetooth Manager settings dialog, which is also accessible through the Applications Menu, Application Finder, or Settings Manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:101 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_connectivity/blueman.png' md5='610757c6aeacb1a7a762497bc68079dd'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:116 -msgid "If you choose to install Xubuntu alongside another existing operating system, you will be given the option to adjust how much hard disk space Xubuntu will use after you click the Continue button." +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:107 +msgid "The settings dialog will list all of the bluetooth devices that have been connected to your computer. To connect to new devices, click the Search button and visible devices will appear in the list. Select the new device and either pair or connect to it through the Pair button in the toolbar or the items in the right-click context menu. Additional options to rename, trust, remove, or send a file to a device can be found in the toolbar or context menu. To make changes to the adapter settings, open the Adapter menu and select Preferences." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:121 -msgid "Disk Changes Confirmation" +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:127 +msgid "Connecting to servers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:122 -msgid "When clicking the Install Now button, the installer will show a confirmation dialog before it makes non-reversible changes to your hard disk's partitions and data. Read the changes carefully and, if you agree, click the Continue button." +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:129 +msgid "To connect to various types of servers, you can use SystemGigolo. To connect to a server, follow the steps below:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:127 -msgid "Select Your Location" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:132 +msgid "Go to ActionsConnect" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:128 -msgid "The next screen of the installer will be the Where are you? screen. There you can type the name of the town or city in the text field or click on the map to select your time zone. If you are connected to the internet, your location will be automatically detected. Click the Continue button to proceed." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:133 +msgid "Select the appropriate Service type and insert connection information" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:132 -msgid "Login Details" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:134 +msgid "Click Connect; if you are attempting to connect to a server that requires you to log in, you will be prompted to enter a password" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:133 -msgid "At the Who are you? screen, once you enter your name, a computer name and username will be automatically suggested. You can change both as you prefer. The computer name, aka hostname, is the name your computer will have when it appears on the network, while the username will be your login and account name." +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:137 +msgid "Upon successfully connecting to the server, an icon labeled with connection details will appear in the Gigolo window. To bookmark connections, right-click on a connection and select Create Bookmark. In the Edit Bookmarks dialog, you can name the bookmark and set other options, including the option to auto-connect. Once you are done, click OK to create the bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:134 -msgid "Next, enter a password, which will be evaluated, yielding a grade of 'short', 'weak', 'fair', 'good' or 'strong'. A strong password is one with a minimum of 8 characters, containing a mixture of uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers and symbols. It is highly recommended to use a strong password. You then have the option to select whether your computer will require you to type your password to log in when you first turn it on or have it log in automatically. You will always be required to type your password if you lock your computer or if the screen times out due to inactivity." +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:138 +msgid "The Windows Share username should be in the format DOMAIN\\username" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:136 -msgid "It is recommended to store your passwords in a password manager application, like KeePassXC (apt-install) or Bitwarden, which can also generate passwords for you." +#: user-docs/C/settings-connectivity.xml:139 +msgid "In order to connect to Samba networks (Windows shares) using the Thunar File Manager, you will need to have the package gvfs-backends installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:140 -msgid "Background Installation" +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:14 +msgid "Settings - Hardware" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:141 -msgid "The installer will now begin installing Xubuntu in the background. While this is happening, installation slides will teach you a little bit more about Xubuntu, its support channels and community." +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:16 +msgid "Your computer consists of a number of components and devices that collectively are known as computer hardware. This includes internal components, such as the CPU, motherboard, hard disk, graphics card, sound card, wifi adapter, and bluetooth adapter, as well as external peripheral devices, such as the monitor, mouse, keyboard, and printer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:146 -msgid "Installation Completion" +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:17 +msgid "Xubuntu configures your hardware automatically with optimal defaults, but there may be occasions when you need to make changes to these hardware settings. This section provides information on tools to configure them, which can be accessed from the Hardware category of the Settings Manager, the Settings category of the Applications Menu (Ctrl + Escape), and in the Application Finder (Alt + F3)." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:147 -msgid "After all the files have been copied to the hard disk and the configurations have been set, a dialog window will appear asking to restart the computer. Click the Restart Now button and you will be prompted to remove the installation medium and press Enter to restart." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:23 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_hardware/xfce4-settings.png' md5='fabc40776525f27b81707fe4e5d69fa6'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:154 -msgid "Conclusion" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:30 +msgid "Monitor" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/installation.xml:155 -msgid "Congratulations! You have successfully installed Xubuntu and now it’s time to start enjoying it. Once the computer restarts, you will either be automatically started into Xubuntu and see the login screen or, if you have multiple operating systems installed on your hard disk, the GRUB boot menu, which lets you choose between starting Xubuntu or another installed OS." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:14 -msgid "Connecting to Internet and Networks" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:32 +msgid "Whether you have a single screen or multiple monitors, you can easily access their customization options by opening the Display settings dialog, which is also accessible with the keyboard shortcut Super + P." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:16 -msgid "Xubuntu uses NetworkManager to manage wired, wireless, mobile broadband, VPN and DSL connections. NetworkManager also keeps passwords secure by utilizing the user's keyring to store passphrases." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:38 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_hardware/xfce4-display-settings.png' md5='3ab4f3f8b68ce8646d34367cfa48c8d8'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:18 -msgid "NetworkManager is one of the little icons in the upper panel in the top right of your screen. When not connected, the icon shows two grayed out arrows pointing up and down. When you are connected, the icon is different depending on the network type in use." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:44 +msgid "On the General tab, you can change the screen’s resolution, refresh rate, rotation and reflection in the various drop-down lists. Click the Apply button to try out the changes and a confirmation dialog will appear to let you confirm or reject the changes. The previous configuration will be restored if you don’t confirm or reject the changes within 10 seconds." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:21 -msgid "Network connections" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:45 +msgid "Note: To change how fonts are rendered or set a custom DPI text size, see the options in the Fonts tab of the Appearance settings dialog. To manage monitor power saving options such as when it should enter power-save mode or how much to lower the brightness after inactivity (only applicable to laptops), see the options in the Display tab of the Power Manager settings dialog. If you are experiencing screen tearing when playing videos, you may change the vblank value of the compositor or modify the xorg config file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:24 -msgid "Connecting and disconnecting" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:48 +msgid "High Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:26 -msgid "NetworkManager will automatically use a wired network, if one is available." +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:50 +msgid "High resolution displays may require specific settings to achieve readability of text and other screen objects. High-end laptop screens and other ultra-high resolution displays may have high pixel density in a small form factor. They are commonly referred to as HiDPI (High Dots Per Inch), 4K, UHD, WQHD, QHD, or 1440p displays. Some laptops with these types of screens include MacBooks with Retina Display, Dell XPS 13, and ThinkPad X1 Carbon. 4K and 8K UHD TVs may also require customization to make text readable at the viewing distances typical of these displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:28 -msgid "To see all available connections, click the NetworkManager icon. To connect to a network, click the network name." +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:51 +msgid "To improve the visibility of text and objects on these large resolution displays, you can make the following changes." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:30 -msgid "If you are connecting to a wireless network for the first time, security details may be needed, a dialog box will open when required. In most cases, the security type will be detected automatically. If not, select the security type from the Wi-Fi Security drop-down box, enter the authentication details and press Connect." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:54 +msgid "Open the Appearance settings dialog, change to the Settings tab, and change Window Scaling to ‘2x’." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:32 -msgid "To disconnect from a network, click the NetworkManager icon, and select Disconnect under the appropriate connection type. To disable (and re-enable) wired and/or wireless connections all together, click the NetworkManager icon, select Enable Networking and Enable Wi-Fi. These choices are toggles. Their enabled/disabled status is indicated by the presence/absence of a check mark." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:55 +msgid "Open the Window Manager settings dialog and in the Style tab, change to a HiDPI theme like ‘Default-hdpi’ or ‘Default-xhdpi’." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:36 -msgid "Configuring connections" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:60 +msgid "Multiple Monitors" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:38 -msgid "If you need to configure your connections, click the NetworkManager icon and select Edit. In the dialog, you will see expandable rows for each connection type. Select the appropriate network and press Edit or press Add to set up new networks." +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:62 +msgid "When you have an external monitor or TV screen connected to your laptop or multiple monitors and/or screens connected to your desktop, more options will become visible on the General tab of the Display settings dialog. Select the screen that you wish to change the settings of by selecting it in the preview area or changing the entry in the screen drop-down list." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:40 -msgid "To be able to connect to certain networks you might need connection details which you will get from your network administrator or your Internet Service Provider." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:44 -msgid "Connection information" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:68 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_hardware/xfce4-display-settings-multi.png' md5='11033fd12a8e93b2521278fbd5843f58'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:46 -msgid "To see the connection information, click the NetworkManager icon and select Connection Information. Your active network connections will be displayed in the Active Connections dialog, each in a separate tab." +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:74 +msgid "One of the additional options presented in a multi-screen setup is the option to rearrange the displays in the preview area by dragging and dropping them to match how they are physically placed. Additional multi-screen options include turning off a screen, setting a monitor as the primary display, mirroring the desktop on multiple displays, or extending the desktop across both screens." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:50 -msgid "Sharing your connection to another computer" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:75 +msgid "Note: With a screen set as the primary display, you can then configure the panels, desktop icons, and notifications to appear on that screen. Click the information icon next to the Primary Display toggle button to open the respective setting dialogs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:52 -msgid "You can share your connection to another computer using an Ethernet cable. This can be carried out by clicking the NetworkManager icon, selecting Edit, and then adding a new wireless connection (or editing the existing one). In the connection properties window, select IPv4 Settings, and change Method to Shared to other computers from the drop-down list." +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:76 +msgid "The Advanced tab provides even more multi-monitor options, including the option to save a display configuration so that it can be easily applied at a later time. When the Configure new displays when connected option is toggled, the below Displays mini dialog will appear, providing the most common display configurations, as well as any user-saved display configurations. The keyboard shortcut Super + P will open this dialog in a multi-monitor setup and clicking the ‘Advanced’ button opens the Display settings dialog." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:56 -msgid "Dialup modems" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:82 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_hardware/xfce4-display-settings-mini.png' md5='c50d19dd38c655a0006114082277c662'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:58 -msgid "Unfortunately, dialup modems are not supported by NetworkManager. To read about connecting with a dialup modem, please refer to the Dialup modem How-to on the Ubuntu community wiki." +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:88 +msgid "The Automatically enable profiles when new displays are connected toggle will apply a user-saved display configuration when the connected displays match the displays found in a saved display configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:62 -msgid "Network troubleshooting" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:92 +msgid "Colors" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:64 -msgid "Before attempting any troubleshooting, ensure that the network connections are enabled:" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:94 +msgid "For color-sensitive work, the Color Profiles settings dialog allows you to install and manage color profiles for your displays, printers, and scanners. In order for color profiles to be used, the required daemon will need to be installed and running in the background:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:67 -msgid "Click the NetworkManager icon in the notification area" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:97 +msgid "xiccd for display profiles" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:68 -msgid "Check Enable Networking" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:98 +msgid "cupsd for printer profiles" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:69 -msgid "Check Enable Wi-Fi" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:99 +msgid "saned for scanner profiles" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:72 -msgid "If your network connection still doesn't work:" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:102 +msgid "To calibrate your display, you will need to install DisplayCAL, GNOME Color Manager (gnome-color-manager) with a ColorHug device, or a similar tool. If you would like to add a night-mode or blue-blocker feature, that will automatically transition the color temperature of the display throughout the day, you can install RedShift (redshift)." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:75 -msgid "For wired (Ethernet) connections, please see " +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:107 +msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:76 -msgid "For wireless connections, please see both and " +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:109 +msgid "During the installation of Xubuntu, options to select the keyboard’s language and layout were presented and applied. In order to make changes to these and additional keyboard options, open the Keyboard settings dialog." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:77 -msgid "If your network connection problems are still not resolved, see " +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:115 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_hardware/xfce4-keyboard-settings.png' md5='6ef965d7806085afa4e86ef46a703cc7'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:121 +msgid "The Behavior tab provides options for the Num Lock key state, key repeat speed and delay, as well as text cursor blinking speed. The Application Shortcuts tab allows you to manage the keyboard shortcuts for the launching of applications. The Layout tab provides options to select the keyboard model and manage keyboard languages and layouts. With multiple keyboard layouts present, you also have the option to set a keyboard shortcut to cycle through the keyboard layouts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:122 +msgid "Note: To easily determine which keyboard layout is currently active and switch between them, you can add the Keyboard Layouts plugin to the panel. For additional non-application keyboard shortcuts, see the Keyboard tab of the Window Manager settings dialog. For control over the behavior of various power related keyboard buttons, see the General tab of the Power Manager settings dialog." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:81 -msgid "General troubleshooting" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:126 +msgid "Mouse" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:83 -msgid "If your network connection is not working properly, there are a few tools that can be used to help diagnose the problem." +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:128 +msgid "Pointer devices like a mouse, trackpad, trackball, or graphical tablet are automatically detected and configured during startup or when plugged in. If you want to make changes to the default options and behaviour of a device, open the Mouse and Touchpad settings dialog." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:86 -msgid "Get information about the current connection" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:134 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_hardware/xfce4-mouse-settings.png' md5='0c61a98c2c853c01ab322a8911616db9'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:88 -msgid "To get information about your network connection and network devices, you have two options:" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:140 +msgid "The Devices tab allows you to select each individual device from the Device drop-down list and adjust their individual options. This includes whether it is enabled, as well as its button arrangement, scroll direction, pointer speed, and trackpad sensitivity. If the selected device is a trackpad that is using the Synaptics driver, a Touchpad tab will appear next to the Buttons and Feedback tab with options to enable and disable the trackpad while typing, tap to click, as well as edge and two-finger scrolling. A Tablet tab will appear when a device is detected to be using the Wacom driver." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:92 -msgid "Using NetworkManager" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:141 +msgid "The Behavior tab has global settings that affect all pointer devices, including how sensitive the drag and drop and double click operations are. The Theme tab allows you to set the cursor theme." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:94 -msgid "Click on the NetworkManager icon" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:146 +msgid "Sound" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:95 -msgid "Select Connection Information. If this is disabled, it is likely there is no active connection. Try using ifconfig to find out more." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:148 +msgid "Sound in Xubuntu is processed through the PulseAudio sound server, which is capable of performing advanced operations on sound data going to and from your hardware devices. Making changes to the sound preferences can be done through the multimedia keyboard keys, the sound plugin in the notification area of the panel or the PulseAudio Volume Control settings dialog." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:96 -msgid "Each active connection will have its own tab where you can find relevant connection information" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:151 +msgid "Sound Applet" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:100 -msgid "Using ifconfig" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:153 +msgid "The panel sound plugin gives you easy access to raise, lower and mute the volume of devices, select from multiple input and/or output devices when applicable, as well as control the playback of various audio and video media players. The Audio mixer... entry at the bottom of the plugin popup window will open the PulseAudio Volume Control settings dialog." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:102 -msgid "Open a terminal (AccessoriesTerminal Emulator), type the command ifconfig then press the Enter key." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:159 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_hardware/xfce4-pulseaudio-plugin.png' md5='a8cb90392a7d5e7b36554c4ff1c96234'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:103 -msgid "ifconfig will show you extensive information about your connection, including logical or connection name(s) (e.g. enp3s0) in the left column, IP address in the inet addr column and the MAC address for your device in the HWaddr column" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:165 +msgid "It is possible to adjust the output volume by using the mouse scrollwheel above the sound plugin icon. To customize whether multimedia keys are enabled, if a notification appears when the output volume is changed, and which media players will appear in the plugin popup window, right-click on the sound plugin." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:110 -msgid "Check if a connection is working properly" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:169 +msgid "Sound Dialog" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:112 -msgid "A reliable method to check if a connection is working properly is to ping another computer on the network or the Internet." +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:171 +msgid "The PulseAudio Volume Control settings dialog, which is found in the Multimedia category of the , has various tabs to view and configure sound settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:114 -msgid "To check if your computer is connected to the Internet, open a terminal (AccessoriesTerminal Emulator), type the command ping -c 3 www.xubuntu.org then press the Enter key." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:177 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_hardware/pavucontrol.png' md5='62a0bc1e3c4c816db30ffe4af4923a5a'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:116 -msgid "The computer will then attempt to contact www.xubuntu.org three times and display the results. The ping statistics display the number of packets transmitted, how many packets were received, the percentage of packet loss, and the total time spent." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:184 +msgid "Playback - You can adjust the volume of system sounds, as well as set the volume, channel balance, and output device of each running application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:119 -msgid "0% packet loss indicates that your computer is connected to the Internet" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:185 +msgid "Recording - Lists applications that are currently recording and allows the adjustment of the volume and input device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:120 -msgid "Greater than 0% but less than 100% packet loss indicates that your computer has a poor connection to the Internet or a poor wireless signal" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:186 +msgid "Output Devices - Lists audio output devices and allows the adjustment of their output source, volume, and latency." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:121 -msgid "100% packet loss indicates that your computer has a very bad connection, or is connected to an access point or router that is not connected to the Internet" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:187 +msgid "Input Devices - Lists audio input devices and allows the adjustment of their input source, volume, and latency." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:124 -msgid "If you get an error message that says \"www.xubuntu.org can not be found\" or \"unknown host\", then your computer is probably not connected to the Internet or is unable to reach a Domain Name System (DNS) server." +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:190 +msgid "Note: To enable system sounds, open the Appearance settings dialog, change to the Settings tab and enable ‘Enable event sounds’. Install one of the sound themes, such as FreeDesktop (sound-theme-freedesktop), Yaru (yaru-theme-sound) or Pop (pop-sound-theme). If you use a sound theme other than FreeDesktop, open Settings Editor, change to xsettings in the left side pane, and under the Net category, edit the SoundThemeName value to the name of the sound theme." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:129 -msgid "Wireless troubleshooting" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:195 +msgid "Device Drivers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:131 -msgid "This section covers some common problems faced with wireless support. There is much more information available in the Community Help Wiki." +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:197 +msgid "A device driver is a computer program that controls a particular device connected to a computer. It acts as a bridge to allow the operating system and other software to communicate with the hardware. A device driver gets activated when the device is found on a computer or when the device is plugged in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:133 -msgid "Please note that the steps in this troubleshooting guide are designed to be carried out in the order shown, unless you are pointed to a different subsection." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:198 +msgid "Most device drivers are installed by default in Xubuntu, so everything should work automatically when you plug it in. Device drivers can either be open source or proprietary and are provided by the hardware manufacturer or the open source community." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:136 -msgid "Check that the device is turned on" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:201 +msgid "Open Source Drivers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:138 -msgid "Many wireless network devices can be turned on or off. Check for a hardware switch or a keyboard function key to turn the wireless device on." +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:203 +msgid "Xubuntu is a Linux distribution and the foundational part of the operating system is the Linux kernel. The Linux kernel contains thousands of device drivers and the majority of them are open source, which allows kernel developers to modify them. To update these open source drivers, you only need to update the Linux kernel, which is one of the components updated through the Software Updater." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:140 -msgid "If the device is turned on, continue to the next topic." +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:204 +msgid "When hardware manufacturers do not release sufficient technical details for their hardware, it is not possible to create a complete open source driver, so the hardware may not have an open source driver or will have an open source driver with limited functionality. Some open source drivers are reverse-engineered to provide an alternative to the hardware manufacturer’s proprietary driver, but these will not be as feature complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:144 -msgid "Check if the device is recognized" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:208 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:146 -msgid "Open a terminal (AccessoriesTerminal Emulator), type the command sudo lshw -C network, then press the Enter key. You will see some output, along with the words CLAIMED, UNCLAIMED, ENABLED or DISABLED." +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:210 +msgid "Some hardware manufacturers do not provide open source drivers for their hardware, but instead provide a proprietary driver, also known as a closed-sourced driver or binary blob. Without these proprietary drivers or firmware, the components and devices may not function properly or at all. These drivers will normally need to be installed manually, as they can’t be included in the kernel. They will primarily be drivers for graphics cards, wireless adapters, and processor firmware, with the most common ones being:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:149 -msgid "CLAIMED indicates that a driver is loaded but not functioning. Continue to ." +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:213 +msgid "NVidia Graphics Driver - Though there is a reverse engineered open source driver, called ‘Nouveau’, it does not have re-clocking and power management features to make it run optimally for gaming and may cause issues on legacy cards not supported by the current version of the driver." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:150 -msgid "UNCLAIMED indicates that there is no driver loaded. Continue to ." +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:214 +msgid "AMD Graphics Driver - The open source ‘RadeonSI’ driver is recommended for gaming and general home-use, while the proprietary ‘AMDGPU-PRO’ driver is recommended for workstation users requiring features not implemented in the open source driver, primarily OpenCL 2.0 support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:151 -msgid "ENABLED indicates that the driver is installed and working. Continue to section ." +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:215 +msgid "Intel Wireless Driver - The wireless driver is open source but requires a proprietary firmware to run." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:152 -msgid "DISABLED indicates the driver is installed, but disabled. Continue to ." +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:216 +msgid "Broadcom Wireless Driver - The wireless driver is open source but requires a proprietary firmware to run." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:217 +msgid "AMD/Intel Microcode - These are stability and security updates to the processor firmware and are recommended to be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:220 +msgid "Note: If you enabled the ‘Install third-party software for graphics and Wi-Fi hardware and additional media formats’ checkbox during installation, then the required proprietary drivers will be automatically installed and enabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:157 -msgid "Using Windows wireless drivers" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:224 +msgid "Managing Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:159 -msgid "Xubuntu supports a system known as NDISWrapper. This allows you to use a Windows wireless device driver under Xubuntu. To start using NDISWrapper:" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:226 +msgid "To view and manage which proprietary devices are used on your system, you can open Additional Drivers, which will open the Software & Updates settings dialog to the Additional Drivers tab." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:162 -msgid "Obtain the Windows driver for your network device and locate the file that ends with .inf" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:232 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_hardware/software-and-updates.png' md5='3e9e27274c715a973ad022082bc3866c'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:163 -msgid "Install the ndisgtk package" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:238 +msgid "Some computers may not have any devices listed because either the open source drivers are fully supported or because there are no proprietary drivers for the devices. If there are any proprietary drivers listed, you will have the options to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:164 -msgid "Go to Settings ManagerWindows Wireless Drivers" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:241 +msgid "enable them if the device does not currently have an open source driver." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:165 -msgid "Select Install new driver" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:242 +msgid "switch between the open source and proprietary drivers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:166 -msgid "Choose the location of your Windows .inf file and click Install" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:243 +msgid "switch between different versions of the proprietary driver." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:167 -msgid "Click OK" +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:244 +msgid "disable them if they are causing problems or you would just like to turn them off." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:172 -msgid "Checking for a connection to the router" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:247 +msgid "Note: Proprietary drivers are stored in the restricted software repository. If this repository wasn’t enabled during installation, you will need to enable it to see entries listed in the dialog. You can do so by switching to the Ubuntu Software tab and enabling the ‘Proprietary drivers for devices (restricted)’ checkbox." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:174 -msgid "Open a terminal (AccessoriesTerminal Emulator), type the command iwconfig then press the Enter key." +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:248 +msgid "You will need to be connected to the internet to install drivers. You will be prompted to enter your password when changing the driver and may need to restart your computer to finish enabling or disabling the driver." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:176 -msgid "If the ESSID for your router is displayed, there may be a problem with ACPI support. Boot Xubuntu with the pci=noacpi option." +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-hardware.xml:249 +msgid "Caution: It will generally be rare to find device drivers on a hardware manufacturer’s website. If you wish to install a driver manually, please make a backup of your data and system as a precaution and be careful to follow the instructions correctly." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:181 -msgid "Advanced troubleshooting" +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:14 +msgid "Settings - Personalization" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:16 +msgid "Similar to other desktop or mobile operating systems, Xubuntu comes with a default look and feel that some users will prefer to customize to their needs. Unlike Windows, Mac OS and some Linux desktop environments, Xubuntu comes pre-installed with many customization tools that give users a lot of control." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:18 +msgid "Xubuntu’s customization settings can be accessed from the Personal category of the Settings Manager, the Settings category of the Applications Menu (Ctrl + Escape), Application Finder (Alt + F3), or the right-click menu of an object." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:24 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_personalization/settings-manager.png' md5='8720a5c4d21cc85199380468da5a071c'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:183 -msgid "The following troubleshooting methods are a bit more technical. Please try these methods only if the above methods failed." +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:33 +msgid "Xubuntu’s default panel layout has a single panel at the top of the screen with the menu, window list, and notification area. This panel layout can be switched to another bundled panel layout or can be manually customized." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:186 -msgid "Checking IP assignment" +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:36 +msgid "Panel Presets" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:188 -msgid "Open a terminal (AccessoriesTerminal Emulator), type the command ifconfig then press the Enter key. If there is an IP address displayed, continue to ." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:42 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_personalization/panel-profiles.png' md5='d36aa5e70c854866c8cb50efa821715d'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:190 -msgid "From the terminal enter the following command, replacing enp3s0 with the name of the connection shown in the output from the ifconfig command: sudo dhclient enp3s0" +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:48 +msgid "The Panel Profiles settings dialog makes it easy to switch to any of the bundled panel layouts or apply an imported panel layout. It also makes it easy to save your current panel layout and export it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:193 -msgid "If you receive a message that says bound to xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx continue to " +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:51 +msgid "GNOME 2 - This layout is inspired by the default GNOME 2 desktop environment panel layout, which has a panel at the top and bottom. The top panel has a classic tree menu, places context menu, settings and browser launchers, and notification area, while the bottom panel has the show desktop button, window list and workspace switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:194 -msgid "If not, reboot the system" +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:52 +msgid "openSUSE 15.1 - This is the default layout found in the Xfce edition of openSUSE, which has a single panel at the bottom with a modern searchable menu, show desktop button, window list, workspace switcher, and notification area." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:199 -msgid "Check Domain Name Servers (DNS)" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:53 +msgid "Redmond - This layout is inspired by Microsoft Windows XP, with a single panel at the bottom that has a classic menu, windows list and notification area." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:201 -msgid "Open a terminal (AccessoriesTerminal Emulator), type the command nmcli device show then press the Enter key. Look for the entries under IP4.DNS" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:54 +msgid "Xfce 4.12 - This is the default Xfce 4.12 layout that contains a panel at the top and bottom. The top panel has a classic menu, window list, workspace switcher and notification area, while the bottom centered panel has a show desktop button, user folders button, and various application launchers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:203 -msgid "To check if the listed DNS works, open a terminal (AccessoriesTerminal Emulator), type the command dig xubuntu.org then press the Enter key. If you see the word NOERROR in the header section of the output, your DNS is working." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:55 +msgid "Xfce 4.14 - This is the default Xfce 4.14 layout and is similar to the Xfce 4.12 panel layout, with the exception of having a smaller top panel with additional audio, battery and notification indicators." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:205 -msgid "If there are no DNS settings listed, contact your Internet Service Provider (ISP), and find out your primary and secondary domain name servers. Once you have this information, continue to and if needed." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:56 +msgid "Xubuntu 12.04 (Precise) - This was the default panel layout used in Xubuntu’s 2012 LTS release and is similar to the Xfce 4.12 panel layout, but has an auto-hide panel at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:57 +msgid "Xubuntu 14.04 (Trusty) - This was the default panel layout used in Xubuntu’s 2014 LTS release and has a single panel at the top, with a modern searchable menu, window list and notification area." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:58 +msgid "Xubuntu 18.04 (Bionic) - This was the default panel layout used in Xubuntu’s 2018 LTS release and is similar to the Xubuntu 14.04 (Trusty) panel layout, with the addition of audio and notification indicators." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:211 -msgid "Connecting to servers" +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:63 +msgid "Panel Customization" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:213 -msgid "To connect to various types of servers, you can use SystemGigolo. To connect to a server, follow the steps below:" +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:65 +msgid "To make minor changes to Xubuntu’s panel(s), you can do the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:216 -msgid "Go to ActionsConnect" +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:68 +msgid "Drag an application launcher from the Applications Menu, Desktop or Application Finder onto the panel to add it to the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:217 -msgid "Select the appropriate Service type and insert connection information" +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:69 +msgid "Right-click an application launcher in the Applications Menu and select the Add to Panel entry in the context menu to add it to the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:218 -msgid "Click Connect; if you are attempting to connect to a server that requires you to log in, you will be prompted to enter a password" +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:70 +msgid "Right-click on any of the panel items and select the Properties, Move, or Remove entries in the context menu to customize, move to the desired position, or remove from the panel." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:221 -msgid "Upon successfully connecting to the server, an icon labeled with connection details will appear in the Gigolo window. To bookmark connections, right-click on a connection and select Create Bookmark. In the Edit Bookmarks dialog, you can name the bookmark and set other options, including the option to auto-connect. Once you are done, click OK to create the bookmark." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:71 +msgid "Right-click on any of the panel items and selecting Panel -> Add New Items... to add a new item to the panel." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:223 -msgid "The Windows Share username should be in the format DOMAIN\\username" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:78 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_personalization/panel-preferences.png' md5='8adea3cf42283d1b699d9b950b18525f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/internet-networks.xml:225 -msgid "In order to connect to Samba networks (Windows shares) using the Thunar File Manager, you will need to have the package gvfs-backends installed." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:84 +msgid "For other changes to panel(s), you will need to open the Panel settings dialog, which is also accessible by right-clicking on any of the panel items and selecting Panel -> Panel Preferences.... The top section of the dialog gives access to open the Panel Profiles settings dialog and the ability to select, add and remove panels. The remainder of settings are broken up across three tabs." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:14 -msgid "Introduction" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:87 +msgid "Display - On this tab, you can set the panel’s width and height, vertical or horizontal orientation, position on the screen, and hiding behaviour. To move the panel, you will need to uncheck the Lock panel checkbox and drag it by one of the two handles that appear on either side." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:17 -msgid "Startup" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:88 +msgid "Appearance - On this tab, you can set the panel’s transparency, icon size and whether its background is a color or image." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:19 -msgid "If you have installed Xubuntu alongside another OS (Operating System), also known as dual booting, then you will be presented with the GRUB boot menu when you turn your computer on. This menu gives you options to start Xubuntu, start Xubuntu with advanced options (such as running in recovery mode), run a memory test or start other OSes. You may press the Escape key before booting to access the GRUB menu if you are not on a dual boot system." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:89 +msgid "Items - This tab allows you to add, arrange, and remove plugins, as well as access plugin properties through the button bar. It is also possible to rearrange items by dragging with the mouse, and access properties by double-clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:20 -msgid "Once the booting process begins, you will see the Xubuntu splash screen with a circular animation." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:22 -msgid "If you would like to customize the look and behaviour of the GRUB boot menu, you can install Grub Customizer (apt-install, PPA)" +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:92 +msgid "It is possible to install additional panel plugins, also known as panel applets. Panel plugins not listed in the Add New Items dialog will need to be installed before they can be used. Some of the plugins are listed here and the more popular/useful ones are for clipboard management (xfce4-clipman-plugin), global menu (xfce4-appmenu-plugin), etc." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:25 -msgid "Login Screen" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:94 +msgid "Users who want a dock similar to the one found on Mac OS and elementary OS can choose from these docks - Plank (plank), DockbarX (PPA), Docky, or Cairo Dock. Users who want a Windows 7-like taskbar with window list buttons can install the DockbarX (PPA) or Docklike (PPA) panel plugins. Below are sample layouts customized by Xubuntu users." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:27 -msgid "When the booting process is complete, the login screen appears. It contains a panel at the top and a login dialog in the center of the screen. From left to right, the panel contains the computer name, the session selector, locale/language selector, accessibility options selector, date & time, and log out options." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:100 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_personalization/windows7.png' md5='c9bd78287c858539ca3f28c581a31208'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:30 -msgid "The login dialog allows you to select an account name and type in the password to log into that session. You will not see the login screen if you selected the Log in automatically option on the Who are you? screen of the installer." +#. (itstool) path: mediaobject/caption +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:102 +msgid "Windows 7" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:33 -msgid "To enable or disable automatic login of a user account, open Users and Groups, found in the application menu or Settings Manager, select the account in the list on the left, click the Change... button on the Password line and check or uncheck the Don’t ask for password on login checkbox. To configure the appearance of the login screen, open LightDM GTK+ Greeter settings." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:111 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_personalization/macOSX.png' md5='74bbc9771d0e472a79b0c10840f8c21e'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:38 -msgid "Desktop" +#. (itstool) path: mediaobject/caption +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:113 +msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:40 -msgid "Similar to the login screen, the default Xubuntu desktop has a single panel located at the top of the screen, along with a wallpaper and desktop icons." +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:118 +msgid "If you have multiple screens, additional panel configurations will appear on the Display tab, including the options to configure which display the panel should appear on or whether the panel should span all monitors." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:44 -msgid "Panel" +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:125 +msgid "Menu" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:46 -msgid "The panel is used for launching and switching applications as well as providing easy access to interactive system status indicators in order to see and change the status of important components of your system." +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:127 +msgid "The easiest tweak you can make to the Applications Menu is to customize your Favorites, so you have easy access to your most important/used applications as soon as you open it. You have the options to:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:49 -msgid "On the left side of the panel you will find the applications menu button, which has the icon of the Xubuntu logo. Next to that is the list of running applications with available windows, known as the window list or taskbar buttons." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:130 +msgid "Add an application by locating the application either by searching for it by name or by browsing the categories, right-clicking on it and selecting Add to Favorites from the context menu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:51 -msgid "On the right of the panel is the Notification Area, which contains indicators showing status information, like network connectivity and sound volume level. The first indicator on the far right is the clock, which displays the system date and time. Clicking on the clock displays the calendar. Some indicator icons appear and disappear based on context, such as bluetooth appearing when a bluetooth adapter is present. The notification area also hosts system tray icons of running applications that support this feature, such as Transmission or Audacious." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:131 +msgid "Remove an application by right-clicking on an application in Favorites and selecting Remove From Favorites from the context menu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:52 -msgid "The location of the panel and its components along with various options can be customized by right-clicking on the panel and selecting PanelPanel Preferences." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:132 +msgid "Rearrange/reposition an application by left-clicking an application in Favorites and dragging it to the desired position." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:56 -msgid "Application Menu" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:139 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_personalization/menu-settings.png' md5='f8dec88da7902b1d00fa782d8b297bd1'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:59 -msgid "Clicking the application menu button on the panel or pressing the Ctrl + Escape keyboard shortcut will open the menu, which has five (5) sections:" +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:145 +msgid "For options to customize the look and feel of the Applications Menu, right-click on the menu button and select Properties in the context menu to launch the Whisker Menu settings dialog. The dialog is divided into tabs for:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:62 -msgid "A search field to filter installed applications." +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:148 +msgid "Appearance - Contains options for how the applications and categories will look, as well as the placement of the application list, category list, search field, and command buttons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:63 -msgid "A column listing application categories." +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:149 +msgid "Panel Button - Select whether the Menu button is an icon, a text label, or icon and label, and what that label should be." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:64 -msgid "A list of applications in the selected category. Favorites is selected and displayed by default." +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:150 +msgid "Behavior - Decide on the feel of the Menu, including whether categories should be selected once the mouse hovers over them, whether the Menu should stay open even when focus is lost, whether the Recently Used category should be displayed by default, and whether session commands should have confirmation dialogs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:65 -msgid "The user account’s name and photograph." +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:151 +msgid "Commands - Enable or disable the appearance of the Settings Manager and session commands in the command buttons section of the Menu, as well as the appearance of the Edit Applications entry in the Menu button’s context menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:66 -msgid "Command buttons for the Settings Manager, locking the screen and the log out dialog." +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:152 +msgid "Search Actions - List the various keyword patterns that can be used to extend the functionality of the search field and make it easy to search other sources like Wikipedia or the file system." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:68 -msgid "To customize the appearance and behaviour of the application menu, right-click the menu icon and select Properties. To customize which applications appear in the menu and their properties (icon, text, command), right-click the menu icon and select Edit Applications or open Menu Editor." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:159 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_personalization/menu-editor.png' md5='ff661f96d6c5a125d048ba3e99b4f57f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:72 -msgid "Desktop Icons and Wallpaper" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:165 +msgid "To customize which applications appear in the Applications Menu, open the Menu Editor utility, which is also accessible by right-clicking the Menu button and choosing Edit Applications from the context menu. Using this editor you can create new application launchers or categories, as well as edit the details of existing ones, including which categories the application appears in, whether the application will be visible in the menu, and the icon or name used by the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:167 +msgid "For more in-depth information on how to use all of those options, consult the MenuLibre online documentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:74 -msgid "The default desktop has three primary icons -- Home, File System and Trash -- as well as icons for partitions and removable devices, if they are present. Additional files, folders, application launchers and website shortcuts can be added to the desktop and can be manually or automatically arranged. You can set the desktop wallpaper and which desktop icons are visible, as well as their options, by right-clicking in a blank area of the desktop and choosing Desktop Settings from the context menu." +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:174 +msgid "The desktop is visible once you login to your account and its background is also present on the login and lock screens. To access customization options, open the Desktop settings dialog, which is also accessible by right-clicking a blank area of the desktop and selecting Desktop Settings from the context menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:80 -msgid "Session Management" +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:177 +msgid "Background" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:82 -msgid "Xubuntu provides a collection of commands for managing your session. These commands are accessible from the command buttons section of the applications menu as well as through shortcut keys." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:183 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_personalization/desktop-settings.png' md5='4d3fbb148c495396654dc893c6a517d1'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:83 -msgid "The first of the these commands is the Lock Screen button, which locks the current session and presents the login dialog to resume the session. Locking the screen is also accessible by two keyboard shortcuts: Super + L and Ctrl + Alt + L." +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:189 +msgid "Once the Desktop settings dialog is launched, the Background tab gives you options to choose between a wallpaper image, a color gradient, a single color, or a combination of wallpaper(s) and color(s) as the desktop background." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:86 -msgid "The remaining session commands are accessible through the Log Out button, as well as the Ctrl + Alt + Delete keyboard shortcuts, which opens a dialog and gives access to commands to:" +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:191 +msgid "When choosing an image as the background from the wallpaper list, you may choose from the default selection that comes with Xubuntu or select an image from a different folder by changing the Folder dropdown. You have the option to set how the wallpaper will fit on the screen in the Style dropdown. The default is Zoomed, which resizes the image preserving its aspect ratio and cropping the image to fill the screen. If you have multiple monitors connected, then the dropdown will also have a Spanning screens entry, to stretch the wallpaper the displays." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:88 -msgid "Log Out - End the current session." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:193 +msgid "If there are multiple images in the wallpaper list, you also have the option to set the background to automatically cycle through them in an ordered or random sequence. By enabling the Change the background checkbox, you have several time-based options to choose from. The last option, Chronologically, sets the wallpapers to appear over evenly timed periods of a day." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:89 -msgid "Restart - Restart the computer." +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:195 +msgid "The default selection of wallpapers shipped with Xubuntu includes wallpapers created by the Xubuntu team for different releases and wallpapers submitted by the community. For more community contest-winning wallpapers, search for the packages that begin with xubuntu-community-wallpapers in the Synaptic package manager." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:90 -msgid "Shutdown - Shut down the computer." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:201 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_personalization/color-picker.png' md5='cffdac16f1e3928891846d50d2292695'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:91 -msgid "Suspend - Hibernate - Save the current desktop session and shut down the computer. When you restart the computer, you will resume the session." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:207 +msgid "To set the background as a single color or a two-color gradient, set Style to ‘None’ and then set Color to the appropriate entry. You can then click on the color buttons next to the dropdown list to open the Select Color dialog. You have the option to select from the list of color presets, right-click on a color preset to customize that color, or create a custom color from scratch by pressing the plus button." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:92 -msgid "Switch User - Log in to another user account." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:209 +msgid "If you have multiple workspaces, also known as virtual desktops, you can choose to have the same background appear across all workspaces or use a different background for each workspace. To use a different background, uncheck the Apply to all workspaces checkbox,then move the dialog to each workspace individually and select a different background. This can be done by dragging the window to the left or right corners of the screen or pressing the keyboard shortcuts Ctrl + Alt + Home or Ctrl + Alt + End. This also is the case when you have multiple monitors connected, where each display will have the default wallpaper unless the window is dragged to other displays and the background is changed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/introduction.xml:95 -msgid "It is possible to access the session management commands from the panel by right-clicking on the panel and then PanelAdd New Items... and then adding the Action Buttons entry. It is also possible to add additional session management commands to the application menu by right-clicking the Menu icon and selecting Properties and then enabling them in the Commands tab." +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:211 +msgid "The easiest way to set an image as the background wallpaper is to right-click the image on the current workspace or display and select Set as wallpaper from the context menu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:14 -msgid "Migrating and Upgrading" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:216 +msgid "Icons" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:17 -msgid "Migrating from Windows" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:218 +msgid "In the Icons tab of the Desktop settings dialog you can set the properties of the icons that appear on the desktop, including their sizes, sort arrangement, label font size, click activation behavior, whether or not they should have tooltips and thumbnails, and which system icons appear by default. The Icon type dropdown list gives you the option to have desktop icons for files and launchers, minimized application windows, or no icons at all." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:20 -msgid "A quick Windows#8211Xubuntu dictionary" +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:223 +msgid "Menus" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:23 -msgid "Windows" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:225 +msgid "The Menus tab of the Desktop settings dialog provides customization options for the two menus that can appear when using the mouse." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:23 -msgid "Xubuntu" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:228 +msgid "Desktop Menu - This menu appears when right-clicking the desktop. You may choose whether or not this menu includes the Applications Menu in a tree hierarchy." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:24 -msgid "Add/Remove Programs" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:229 +msgid "Window List Menu - This menu appears when middle-clicking the desktop. You may choose whether or not to display this menu, as well as application and workspace customization options within the menu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:24 -msgid "Software" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:237 +msgid "Theming" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:25 -msgid "Control Panel" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:239 +msgid "A desktop theme is used to change the look and feel of the GUI (Graphical User Interface) and can consist of many things, including the desktop wallpaper, user interface styling and colors, fonts, icons, and sounds. In Xubuntu, you may change many of these individual components, so your desktop can be as unique as you like it to be." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:25 -msgid " Settings Manager for personal preferences System (menu) for additional configuration" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:241 +msgid "The three main theming components that you should know about are:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:26 -msgid "Windows Explorer" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:244 +msgid "Window Decorations - This is the appearance of the outer section of a window, including the title bar and window borders. It is also known as the window manager theme." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:26 -msgid "AccessoriesFile Manager" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:249 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_personalization/theming-windows.png' md5='1084c550c2fd6dd5aef95f7a4ad48517'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:27 -msgid "My Documents" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:255 +msgid "UI Controls - This is the appearance of the user interface elements found within the inner section of the window, such as the buttons, scroll bars, and window background. It is also known as the Gtk theme." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata @@ -3604,989 +4656,1007 @@ msgstr "" #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:0 +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:260 msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/icon_location.png' md5='71b7dc6dffc6d296d54a2fa354f2204f'" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_personalization/theming-ui.png' md5='401bd1110f449862f86bfd064935c824'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:27 -msgid " /home/username/" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:266 +msgid "Icons - This is the icon set used to style the icons found in toolbars and menus, on files and folders, on application launchers and buttons. It is also known as the Icon theme." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:32 -msgid "Windows applications on Linux" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:271 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_personalization/theming-icons.png' md5='f70fb8e90f0f88688a7892bb8991bbd9'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:33 -msgid "It is possible to run Windows applications under Xubuntu. Two possible choices are:" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:280 +msgid "UI Controls and Icons" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:35 -msgid "Wine, the Windows emulator. Wine allows running some Windows applications without having to install a Windows operating system. Refer to the Wine AppDB to find out which applications will run on Wine and the Wine documentation for FAQ's and user support." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:286 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_personalization/appearance-settings.png' md5='2b096d5361f73e4b9452f35ca9ac7b95'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:36 -msgid "VirtualBox, virtualization software. You can install a Windows operating system along with any application into a virtual machine managed by VirtualBox. Note that 3D support on VirtualBox is still quite unreliable. To read more about VirtualBox and virtualization, refer to the VirtualBox end-user documentation." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:292 +msgid "Open the Appearance settings dialog and you will be on the Style tab which will allow you to set your UI (User Interface) controls theme by selecting an entry in the list. If you switch to the Icons tab you will be able to set your icon theme by selecting an entry in the list. The Fonts tab will allow you to set the default font used for UI text, as well as setting font rendering options. The Settings tab has options to enable and disable images in menus and on buttons, as well as change how toolbar entries are styled." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:39 -msgid "Both Wine and VirtualBox are available in the software repositories." +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:295 +msgid "Not all icon themes will work well with dark panels and window backgrounds." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:43 -msgid "Windows networking on Linux" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:296 +msgid "If you install applications that use the Qt UI toolkit, such as Qbittorrent or Clementine, the Qt5 Settings (qt5ct) utility will allow you to configure their theming, while the qt5-style-plugins package will use the current theme on Qt apps." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:45 -msgid "Accessing Windows network shares under Xubuntu can be easily done using:" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:297 +msgid "If you’d like to change the theme of the mouse cursor, open the Theme tab of the Mouse and Touchpad app." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:47 -msgid "AccessoriesFile Manager, where you can browse publicly visible shares by clicking on the Network item in the sidebar. Alternatively, you can browse a remote file system by going to GoOpen Location... and entering smb://computername/sharename." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:303 +msgid "Window Decorations and Effects" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:48 -msgid "SystemGigolo, which allows you to save bookmarks and manage remote file systems. To connect, click the first toolbar button. Select Windows Share from Service Type, then enter the remote share's details." +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:309 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/settings_personalization/window-manager-settings.png' md5='e40e4e4fdff5f974bd5b4877f9c0db96'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:51 -msgid "If some options are not available or do not work, ensure that the gvfs-backends is installed." +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:315 +msgid "Once you open the Window Manager settings dialog, you will be on the Style tab which will allow you to set the window decoration theme, as well as customize the various elements of the title bar. This includes the alignment and font size used in the title bar text and the arrangement and visibility of the title bar buttons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:56 -msgid "Upgrading Xubuntu" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:317 +msgid "Xubuntu doesn't come with many desktop effects, but the Xfce compositor is enabled by default. The Xfce compositor is used to draw shadows behind windows and panels, as well as set the transparency of window decorations and windows in various states. To access these desktop effects, open the Window Manager Tweaks settings dialog to its Compositor tab." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:58 -msgid "New regular releases of Xubuntu are released every 6 months and Long Term Support (LTS) releases every 2 years. Currently, regular releases are supported for 9 months and LTS releases for 3 years." +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:319 +msgid "If you have a low-end GPU or you don't like the desktop effects mentioned, you can turn off the compositor by unchecking Enable display compositing or modifying the other settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:59 -msgid "The Software Updater will inform you when a new version for your upgrade path is available for download. To change the upgrade path, see ." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:324 +msgid "More Themes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:60 -msgid "Upgrades usually take a while to complete. Typically, around 1000 megabytes of packages must be downloaded and installed, although the actual figure will depend on how many packages are already installed on your computer." +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:326 +msgid "If the default selection of themes doesn't satisfy you, you can easily download and install new themes. Sometimes window decoration and UI control themes will come bundled together as a single Gtk theme, while Icon themes may also include a mouse cursor theme. You can find new themes in the software repositories, such as:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:63 -msgid "Upgrading to the next available release" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:329 +msgid "UI themes - Adapta (adapta-gtk-theme), Arc (arc-theme), Materia (materia-gtk-theme)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:66 -msgid "Go to Settings ManagerSoftware Updater and wait for the list of available updates to be downloaded" +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:330 +msgid "Icon themes - Papirus (papirus-icon-theme), Numix Circle (numix-icon-theme-circle), Moka (moka-icon-theme)" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:67 -msgid "If a new version of Xubuntu is available, a box at the top of the window will appear saying that a new distribution release is available" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:333 +msgid "Additional themes can be found on the Internet, as .deb Debian package files, in PPA software repositories, on websites like Xfce-look.org and Github.com, or from the theme author’s website. Here are some popular choices:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:68 -msgid "To upgrade to the next available release, save all of your open documents and click the Upgrade button in Settings ManagerSoftware Updater" +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:336 +msgid "UI themes - Xfce Simple Dark, Mint Mac Dark, Matcha, Plano, Pop, Flat Remix, Dracula" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:71 -msgid "If you are not getting an upgrade notification, or aren't seeing the release you are expecting to upgrade to, see ." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:337 +msgid "Icon themes - Flat Remix, Paper" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:75 -msgid "Changing your upgrade path" +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:343 +msgid "Installing Themes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:77 -msgid "There are two main upgrade paths you can follow: either upgrade to long-term support (LTS) releases only, or upgrade to all releases." +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:345 +msgid "If you install new themes from the repositories, or through a .deb Debian package file, they will automatically appear in the relevant lists. If you download a theme from the Internet, you will need to install the theme before it will appear in the relevant list. Here are three means to install downloaded themes:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:78 -msgid "If you decide to follow the LTS upgrade path, you will be notified of new releases every two years. If you decide to follow the regular releases upgrade path, you will be notified of new releases every 6 months. You can change from regular to LTS upgrade path once you have reached the next LTS release." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:348 +msgid "Drag and Drop - With the Appearance settings dialog open to either the Style or Icons tabs, you can drag and drop a compressed .tar.xz theme file onto the theme list." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:80 -msgid "If you want to change your upgrade path, you can do it when running an LTS version. To do so, choose one of the following options:" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:349 +msgid "OCS URL - If you are installing themes from Xfce-look.org, you can install the ocs-url installation helper tool and then click the ‘Install’ buttons in the OCS-Install column on the Files tab of the theme’s page." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:350 +msgid "Manually - Open the compressed UI or Icon theme file and extract its contents into the appropriate folder. If these directories do not exist, you will need to create them first." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:82 -msgid "Navigate to SoftwareSoftware & Updates and select the Updates tab. In the Updates tab, select either For any new version or For long-term support versions from the Notify me of a new Ubuntu version dropdown depending on your choice." +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:352 +msgid "UI themes - /home/username/.themes/" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:83 -msgid "Open the AccessoriesTerminal Emulator and run sudoedit /etc/update-manager/release-upgrades and change the line starting with prompt= to prompt=normal (for all releases) or prompt=lts (for LTS releases) depending on your choice" +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:353 +msgid "Icon themes - /home/username/.icons/" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:86 -msgid "If you are running a regular release that is not immediately followed by an LTS release, you should not change the upgrade target to long-term support (LTS) releases only." +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:359 +msgid "The username part of the folder path should be replaced with your username." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: caution/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:87 -msgid "Upgrading an LTS version to anything other than another LTS version will lose the long term support." +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/settings-personalization.xml:360 +msgid "In Linux, files and directories starting with a . (dot) are hidden by default and to unhide them in the file manager, open the View menu and check the Show Hidden Files entry or alternatively press Ctrl + H. To unhide them in the file open or save dialogs, right-click in the files list area of the dialog and select Show Hidden Files from the popup menu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:91 -msgid "Upgrading to the development version" +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:14 +msgid "Software Management" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:93 -msgid "Development releases often suffer from package breakages and other problems. Only install a development release if you are prepared to attempt to fix these problems for yourself or if you want to help the Xubuntu team by testing and giving feedback." +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:16 +msgid "Software that is readily available to install on Xubuntu is stored in online software repositories which contain trusted software. Software repositories on Linux are similar to the software catalogs used by desktop app stores like the Microsoft Store and Mac App Store, or mobile app stores like the Google Play Store and Apple's App Store." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:94 -msgid "You will need to be running the latest regular version to be able to upgrade to the version currently under development." +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:18 +msgid "These repositories store software packages, which are the individual components that collectively make up the software your computer uses. The software packages are stored in this fashion so that they can be shared by different programs. Xubuntu's software repositories are organized and maintained by OS (Operating System) maintainers and contain a large selection of free and open source software. OS maintainers ensure that the software functions properly and does not contain spyware or viruses." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/migrating-upgrading.xml:95 -msgid "If you would like to install and test the latest development version of Xubuntu before it is released, run update-manager -c -d at the command line. This will allow you to upgrade to the current development release. Please consider getting involved with reporting usage of development versions and associated packages." +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:20 +msgid "Xubuntu comes with applications which make it easy for users to install, update, and uninstall software from repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:14 -msgid "Offline Package Management" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:23 +msgid "Software Center (gnome-software) is an app store which is good for new users because it makes it easy to discover desktop applications. The list of available software can be expanded with the installation of plugins for the snap package repository (gnome-software-plugin-snap) and the flatpak package repository (gnome-software-plugin-flatpak)." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:16 -msgid "The tool apt-offline is available to help keep your computer up to date even if it cannot be kept connected by using a second internet connected computer, this other computer can run Xubuntu, another flavor of Ubuntu, or Debian. A graphical interface is available via apt-offline-gui. This document deals with the command line variant." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:24 +msgid "Snap Store (install) is an app store for the management of applications that use the snap package management system. Snap applications are confined for extra security, update automatically, and can run across many different Linux distributions. The Snap Store is also available as a web interface." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:18 -msgid "Throughout this chapter directions to use a directory on a USB flashdrive are given, the naming and path to this directory is for you to decide beforehand." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:25 +msgid "Synaptic (synaptic) is a package manager with a GUI (Graphical User Interface) for users who want more control over package management. It has options to view installation history, view packages by repository, and lock a package to a particular version." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:20 -msgid "A few specific packages are not built to handle the disconnected environment, due to them running download scripts during the installation or upgrade process. Some packages that routinely exhibit this behavior are flashplugin-installer, nautilus-dropbox, and ttf-mscorefonts-installer. There is no workaround for installation packages that themselves make downloads." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:26 +msgid "apt or apt-get is a CLI (Command-Line Interface) tool for package management that provides similar functionality to Synaptic and is beneficial for those who don't have access to a GUI or prefer to use the terminal. For information on the basic apt commands, see the Ubuntu apt documentation." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:22 -msgid "You will want to avoid the use of the -y flag when upgrading so that you get a last chance to look through your upgrades to see if any problems mentioned above show up." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:27 +msgid "snap (snapd) is a command-line utility for the management of snap packaged applications. For information on the basic snap commands, see the Getting started documentation and the download and offline install tutorial." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:24 -msgid "During the use of apt-offline some errors in red text may show up about being unable to download files relative to translations, these can be safely ignored." +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:30 +msgid "You will need administrative access to add, update, and remove software and you can only utilize one package manager at a time for package management. There are additional app stores and package managers including Flathub, AppImageHub, Ubuntu MATE Software Boutique, AppGrid, Aptitude (aptitude)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:27 -msgid "Updating Repositories" +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:33 +msgid "Using Software Center" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:29 -msgid "After plugging in a USB flash drive and opening a terminal, you can use apt-offline to generate a request to update what your computer knows about software repositories. This allows your computer to see if there are bug fixes, security updates or new software available for your computer." +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:35 +msgid "You can launch the GNOME Software Center from the Applications Menu (Ctrl+Escape) or Application Finder (Alt+F3). It will be named Software and is found by default in the Favorites category, so it will be visible once you open the Applications Menu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:31 -msgid "From your disconnected computer run: apt-offline set --update apt-offline.sig" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:41 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/software_management/gnome-software.png' md5='d5471f3c9177821f6dd883124db600bd'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:33 -msgid "Once done, copy apt-offline.sig to your USB flash drive and take it to another computer. With apt-offline on that computer, use that file to download what your disconnected computer needs to update itself. Navigate to the directory on the flash drive containing apt-offline.sig, enter apt-offline get --bundle bundle.zip apt-offline.sig. When complete remove the USB flash drive and take it back to the disconnected computer." +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:47 +msgid "Once launched, you will be on the Explore tab of the GNOME Software, which allows you to browse the categories or click the search button in the title bar, to easily find an application by name or keyword. When you click on an application, you will arrive at its information page, which contains its description, images, website link, reviews, and other details. On this page you have the option to either install, launch, or remove the application, as well as write a review." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:35 -msgid "At the disconnected computer, re-insert the USB flash drive. Navigate to the directory on the flash drive containing the two files, then enter: sudo apt-offline install bundle.zip. Once the command completes your repositories will be updated." +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:49 +msgid "The other two tabs in the title bar are Installed and Updates. The Installed tab lists all the applications installed on the system and provides easy access to remove them. The Updates tab shows which applications are eligible for updating and it also has a Refresh button in the title bar to search for new updates." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:39 -msgid "Installing a Package" +#. (itstool) path: caution/para +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:51 +msgid "Some applications depend on others being installed in order to work properly. If you try to remove an application which is needed by another application, both of them will be removed. You will be asked to confirm that this is what you want to happen before the applications are removed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:41 -msgid "You can use apt-offline to download a package to install. This action can also be combined with updating the software repositories. In a disconnected environment, using opportunities to connect efficiently is key." +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:53 +msgid "GNOME Software does not remove the software package dependencies that get installed with an application. To remove any dependencies that are no longer needed by the system, run sudo apt autoremove in a terminal. Before agreeing to the removal, check that the packages being marked for removal are the expected ones." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:43 -msgid "In this example, we assume you want to install a new program package. Throughout this we'll refer to this as PACKAGENAME though in normal use you will want to enter just the package name. Fairly frequently, installing a package will require you to install dependencies. apt-offline handles the dependency resolution for you. To start this process open a terminal window, plug in a USB flash drive, and navigate to the directory. From that directory run sudo apt-offline set --install-packages $PACKAGENAME --update apt-offline.sigto start the process" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:57 +msgid "Software Repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:45 -msgid "When complete, copy apt-offline.sig to your USB flash drive and take it to another computer. With apt-offline on that computer, use that file to download what your disconnected computer needs to update and install PACKAGENAME. Navigate to the directory on the flash drive containing apt-offline.sig, run sudo apt-offline get --bundle bundle.zip apt-offline.sig. The output will show an attempt to download repository updates as well as PACKAGENAME and any dependencies your system requires. Remove the USB flash drive when complete and take it back to the disconnected computer." +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:59 +msgid "The Ubuntu software repositories contain thousands of applications curated from the best FOSS (Free and Open Source Software) for both entertainment and productivity. Management of these software repositories and additional ones is possible in the Software & Updates app found in the Settings category of the Applications Menu, as well as in the Settings Manager. It can also be opened through the Gear button menu in the title bar of GNOME Software or the Application button menu found on the left corner of the title bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:65 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/software_management/software-repositories.png' md5='e531b79ac131620173d6c402b71a7c30'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:47 -msgid "At the disconnected computer, insert the USB flash drive. Navigate to the directory on the flash drive containing the two files then enter: sudo apt-offline install bundle.zip. Once it completes your repositories will be updated. Once that completes, you can then install PACKAGENAME by then entering: sudo apt-get install PACKAGENAME." +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:71 +msgid "On the Ubuntu Software tab, you can enable and disable the main four Ubuntu software repositories, as well as select the server where the downloaded packages should come from. The Other Software tab allows you to enable, disable, add, edit, and remove extra online and offline repositories." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:51 -msgid "Upgrading Your System" +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:75 +msgid "Installing Third-Party Apps" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:53 -msgid "Upgrading packages requires 2 stages: updating repositories and then the download and upgrade as required." +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:77 +msgid "For applications that aren’t available or outdated in the software repositories, users can visit the software author’s website and download their Linux or Ubuntu installation file. This file will have a .deb file extension and is a Debian software package. Once downloaded, simply open the file, and it will open in GNOME Software with the option to install. Alternatively, it can be installed through the GDebi Package Installer (gdebi)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:55 -msgid "First update your repositories following the instructions in " +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:79 +msgid "Some application authors may provide a third-party repository, known as a PPA (Personal Package Archive), which can be added to your system. Other application authors may provide their software in the form of an installable Flatpak or as an AppImage, which runs without installation." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:57 -msgid "Clear the directory on USB flash drive that you have used previously. In a fresh terminal window, navigate to the directory on the USB flash drive you intend to work from. Since we never want to lose the opportunity to refresh the disconnected machine's view of the repositories, we can build the command to not only look for upgrade packages but also to update repositories. Enter apt-offline set --update --upgrade apt-offline.sig" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:81 +msgid "Only download third-party apps from trusted sources in order to limit the risk of getting malware, junkware, or ransomware. If you’d like to install Windows applications, please see ." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:59 -msgid "Once done, copy apt-offline.sig to your USB flash drive and take it to another computer. With apt-offline on that computer, you use that file to download what your disconnected computer needs to upgrade itself. Navigate to the directory on the flash drive containing apt-offline.sig, run sudo apt-offline get --bundle bundle.zip apt-offline.sig. The output will show an attempt to download repository updates as well as any upgrades and dependencies required by your system. Once done, remove the USB flash drive and take it back to the disconnected computer." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:85 +msgid "Software Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/offline-packages.xml:61 -msgid "At the disconnected computer, insert the USB flash drive navigate to the directory on the flash drive containing the two files, enter sudo apt-offline install bundle.zip. Once it completes your repositories will be updated, you can then install the upgrades by entering: sudo apt-get upgrade." +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:87 +msgid "In order to keep your system updated and protected from potential security issues, Xubuntu has a software updates notifier running in the background. It checks for updates once a week and when updates are found, the Software Updater app will launch." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:14 -msgid "Printing and Scanning" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:89 +msgid "To disable the software updates notifier service, disable the Update Notifier entry in the Application Autostart tab of the Session and Startup app. However, this is not recommended." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:17 -msgid "Printing" +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:92 +msgid "Software Updater" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:19 -msgid "Most printers are automatically supported by Xubuntu. The Printer Configuration application allows you to add printers, as well as modify their settings. You can also use this application to share the printer with other computers on a network, disable the printer or restart it." +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:94 +msgid "To manually check for software updates, you can open the Software Updater found in the Settings category of the Applications Menu as well as in the System category of the Settings Manager. Once opened, it will query the software repositories, compare the software list against the versions installed on your system, and present those that can be updated." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:100 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/software_management/software-updater.png' md5='c25008181c2dcc7a1e822dcc6b5a572f'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:22 -msgid "Local printing" +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:108 +msgid "Update Check Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:24 -msgid "A local printer is one which is directly connected to your computer (as opposed to a network printer, discussed in ). To set up a new local printer, plug your printer into your computer and power it on. Most printers will be automatically detected and configured. Once detected, a printer icon will appear in the notification area and you should get a popup with the text Printer is ready for printing. If your printer was not detected, then you will need to follow these steps:" +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:110 +msgid "You can set how often the Software Updater checks for updates, which updates to check for and what should happen when updates are found. These settings can be accessed when Software Updater is run by clicking the Settings... button at the bottom left. Pressing this will open the Software & Updates dialog with the Updates tab selected." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:27 -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:49 -msgid "Obtain the model name of your printer" +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:116 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/software_management/update-settings.png' md5='0f589e2347395bc5da8bc072fe964b66'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:28 -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:50 -msgid "Ensure the printer is turned on" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:122 +msgid "Software Updater will also notify you when a new version of Xubuntu is available. Learn more in the ." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:29 -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:51 -msgid "Go to Settings ManagerPrinters" +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:14 +msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:30 -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:52 -msgid "Click ServerNewPrinter" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:17 +msgid "Network troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:31 -msgid "Your printer should be automatically detected and displayed in the Devices window" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:19 +msgid "Before attempting any troubleshooting, ensure that the network connections are enabled:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:32 -msgid "Select your printer and click Forward" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:22 +msgid "Click the NetworkManager icon in the notification area" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:33 -msgid "Your computer will search for and install drivers for your printer" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:23 +msgid "Check Enable Networking" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:34 -msgid "You can enter a description and location for your printer" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:24 +msgid "Check Enable Wi-Fi" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:35 -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:59 -msgid "Press Apply" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:27 +msgid "If your network connection still doesn't work:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:36 -msgid "Your printer should be properly configured at this point and you will be prompted if you want to print a test page" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:30 +msgid "For wired (Ethernet) connections, please see " msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:37 -msgid "If you press the Print Test Page button, a test page will print and you can verify if it printed correctly, or you can press Cancel. Either way, your printer is ready to print." +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:31 +msgid "For wireless connections, please see both and " msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:38 -msgid "If you are still experiencing problems, try using the CUPS browser-based interface. It can be accessed at http://localhost:631/." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:41 -msgid "If your printer was not automatically detected, you can try to select the port and printer driver manually. Some printers need further setup. Search the OpenPrinting database or check the Ubuntu Wiki Printer page for information on your printer." +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:32 +msgid "If your network connection problems are still not resolved, see " msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:45 -msgid "Network printing" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:36 +msgid "General troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:47 -msgid "You can also configure your Xubuntu system to send print jobs to a remote print server. Remote printers are hosted somewhere on a network. To configure a remote printer:" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:38 +msgid "If your network connection is not working properly, there are a few tools that can be used to help diagnose the problem." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:53 -msgid "Click on Network Printer in the Devices window" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:41 +msgid "Get information about the current connection" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:54 -msgid "If your printer is directly connected to a Windows machine on your network, choose Windows Printer via SAMBA. Otherwise, select the protocol your printer uses to communicate." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:43 +msgid "To get information about your network connection and network devices, you have two options:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:55 -msgid "Insert the details of the network printer and press Forward" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:47 +msgid "Using NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:56 -msgid "Select the printer manufacturer and then press Forward" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:49 +msgid "Click on the NetworkManager icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:57 -msgid "Select the printer model and driver then press Forward" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:50 +msgid "Select Connection Information. If this is disabled, it is likely there is no active connection. Try using the ip command to find out more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:58 -msgid "You can enter a description and location for your printer in the corresponding fields" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:51 +msgid "Each active connection will have its own tab where you can find relevant connection information" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:60 -msgid "Your printer is properly configured at this point and you will be prompted to print a test page, press Cancel or Print Test Page depending on your preference" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:55 +msgid "Using ip" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:63 -msgid "If you do not know the protocol or details of your network printer, you should consult your network administrator." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:57 +msgid "Open a terminal (AccessoriesTerminal Emulator), type the command ip address then press the Enter key." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:65 -msgid "If you do not have a network printer, but want your printer to be shared to other computers on your network, click ServerSettings from the Printers dialog, check the box Publish shared printers connected to this system, and then press OK. Other computers running versions of Xubuntu later than 13.04 will automatically detect printers shared this way. Computers running Xubuntu versions prior to 13.10, or other Linux/Ubuntu-based systems, may need to enable a setting to show shared printers." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:58 +msgid "ip will show you extensive information about your connection, including logical or connection name(s) (e.g. enp3s0) in the first row, IP address in the inet row and the MAC address for your device in the link/ether row" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:70 -msgid "Scanning" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:65 +msgid "Check if a connection is working properly" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:72 -msgid "Many scanners are automatically supported by Xubuntu, and should be easy to install and operate. This section will walk you through how to use your scanner and what to do if Xubuntu does not detect your scanner." +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:67 +msgid "A reliable method to check if a connection is working properly is to ping another computer on the network or the Internet." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:75 -msgid "Does my scanner work in Xubuntu?" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:69 +msgid "To check if your computer is connected to the Internet, open a terminal (AccessoriesTerminal Emulator), type the command ping -c 3 www.xubuntu.org then press the Enter key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:77 -msgid "There are three ways to see if your scanner works in Xubuntu:" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:71 +msgid "The computer will then attempt to contact www.xubuntu.org three times and display the results. The ping statistics display the number of packets transmitted, how many packets were received, the percentage of packet loss, and the total time spent." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:80 -msgid "Simply plug it in and try it! If it is a newer USB scanner, it is likely that it will just work." +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:74 +msgid "0% packet loss indicates that your computer is connected to the Internet" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:81 -msgid "Check the list of supported scanners for Xubuntu" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:75 +msgid "Greater than 0% but less than 100% packet loss indicates that your computer has a poor connection to the Internet or a poor wireless signal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:82 -msgid "Check the SANE project listing of support scanners. SANE is the software used by Xubuntu for most of its scanner support." +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:76 +msgid "100% packet loss indicates that your computer has a very bad connection, or is connected to an access point or router that is not connected to the Internet" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:79 +msgid "If you get an error message that says www.xubuntu.org can not be found or unknown host, then your computer is probably not connected to the Internet or is unable to reach a Domain Name System (DNS) server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:87 -msgid "Using your scanner" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:84 +msgid "Wireless troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:89 -msgid "To scan a document:" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:86 +msgid "This section covers some common problems faced with wireless support. There is much more information available in the Community Help Wiki." msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:92 -msgid "Place what you want to scan on the scanner" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:88 +msgid "Please note that the steps in this troubleshooting guide are designed to be carried out in the order shown, unless you are pointed to a different subsection." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:93 -msgid "Go to GraphicsSimple Scan" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:91 +msgid "Check that the device is turned on" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:94 -msgid "Click the arrow to the right of the Scan button and choose the type of media you are scanning, Text or Photo" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:93 +msgid "Many wireless network devices can be turned on or off. Check for a hardware switch or a keyboard function key to turn the wireless device on." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:95 -msgid "Click the Scan button to begin your scan" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:95 +msgid "If the device is turned on, continue to the next topic." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:100 -msgid "The computer says \"No scanners detected\"" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:99 +msgid "Check if the device is recognized" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:102 -msgid "There are two reasons why you might get this message:" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:101 +msgid "Open a terminal (AccessoriesTerminal Emulator), type the command sudo lshw -C network, then press the Enter key. You will see some output, along with the words CLAIMED, UNCLAIMED, ENABLED or DISABLED." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:105 -msgid "Your scanner is not supported in Xubuntu. For example, most parallel port scanners and Lexmark All-in-One printer/scanner/faxes are not supported." +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:104 +msgid "CLAIMED indicates that a driver is loaded but not functioning. Continue to ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:106 -msgid "The driver for your scanner is not being loaded automatically." +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:105 +msgid "UNCLAIMED indicates that there is no driver loaded. Continue to ." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:109 -msgid "You may be able to get your scanner working by installing a driver or altering some configuration files. Please ask for advice on the Ubuntu forums or on AskUbuntu." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:106 +msgid "ENABLED indicates that the driver is installed and working. Continue to section ." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:111 -msgid "To get some scanners working, you may need to plug in the scanner after the computer has booted." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:107 +msgid "DISABLED indicates the driver is installed, but disabled. Continue to ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:115 -msgid "Manually installing a scanner" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:112 +msgid "Using Windows wireless drivers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:117 -msgid "There are some scanners that have less-than-complete drivers from the SANE project. They can sometimes be used, but not all the features may work." +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:114 +msgid "Xubuntu supports a system known as NDISWrapper. This allows you to use a Windows wireless device driver under Xubuntu. To start using NDISWrapper:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:120 -msgid "Install the libsane-extras package" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:117 +msgid "Obtain the Windows driver for your network device and locate the file that ends with .inf" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:121 -msgid "Run pkexec mousepad /etc/sane.d/dll.conf at the command line to open the SANE driver file for editing" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:118 +msgid "Install the ndisgtk package" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:122 -msgid "Enable the correct driver for your scanner by removing the # from in front of the name of the driver. You may need to search the web to find out which driver is the right one." +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:119 +msgid "Go to Settings ManagerWindows Wireless Drivers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/printing-scanning.xml:123 -msgid "Save the file and open Simple Scan. If all goes well, your scanner will now work." +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:120 +msgid "Select Install new driver" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:14 -msgid "Settings and Preferences" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:121 +msgid "Choose the location of your Windows .inf file and click Install" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:16 -msgid "The options to customize Xubuntu to your needs and preferences are virtually unlimited, ranging from desktop looks to low level operation tweaks. The sections in this chapter describe how to edit the main applications menu to your liking, keep your personal information updated and customize the looks of the desktop." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:122 +msgid "Click OK" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:19 -msgid "Customizing the Menu" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:127 +msgid "Checking for a connection to the router" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:21 -msgid "The easiest and probably most useful tweak you can make to the Menu is to customize your Favorites. Accomplishing this is a simple matter of locating the application you want, right-clicking on it and selecting Add to Favorites. From that same right-click popup, you can also choose to add the application to the Desktop or to the Panel. Right-clicking on applications already in Favorites gives you the option to remove them or to sort the list. You can also rearrange Favorites just by dragging them." +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:129 +msgid "Open a terminal (AccessoriesTerminal Emulator), type the command iwconfig then press the Enter key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:23 -msgid "If you're not sure where a program is listed or what it is called, you can use the search feature. When you open the Menu, your cursor is already positioned in the search bar. Just start typing and an incremental search is performed on both application names and descriptions. Once you see your application listed in the results, you can directly launch it or right-click on it and add it to your preferred launch location." +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:131 +msgid "If the ESSID for your router is displayed, there may be a problem with ACPI support. Boot Xubuntu with the pci=noacpi option." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:25 -msgid "For more options to customize the Menu, right-click on and select Properties. There you will find three tabs to change Appearance, Behavior and Search Actions." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:136 +msgid "Advanced troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:28 -msgid "To add directories and launchers which don't appear as entries in the default Menu, you'll need another tool. A more advanced menu editing utility called MenuLibre can be found by clicking Settings ManagerMenu Editor or by a right-click on and choosing Edit Applications. Using this editor you can create, hide and reorder the directories which appear in the right-hand pane of the Menu. Within those directories you can then create application launchers and customize their behavior by configuring the many options available in this utility. For more in-depth information on how to use all of those options, consult the MenuLibre online documentation." +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:138 +msgid "The following troubleshooting methods are a bit more technical. Please try these methods only if the above methods failed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:33 -msgid "Customizing your personal info" +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:141 +msgid "Checking IP assignment" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:35 -msgid "Mugshot is a lightweight user configuration utility that allows you to easily set the profile image and user details for your user profile and any supported applications." +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:143 +msgid "Open a terminal (AccessoriesTerminal Emulator), type the command ip address then press the Enter key. If there is an IP address displayed, continue to ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:37 -msgid "To launch Mugshot navigate to Settings ManagerAbout Me." +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:145 +msgid "From the terminal enter the following command, replacing enp3s0 with the name of the connection shown in the output from the ip address command: sudo dhclient enp3s0" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:39 -msgid "To change your profile image, click the image button on the left of the GUI, select one of the given options and follow the instructions." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:148 +msgid "If you receive a message that says bound to xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx continue to " msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:41 -msgid "Mugshot requires the installation of gstreamer1.0-tools package to use the Capture from camera... feature." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:149 +msgid "If not, reboot the system" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:43 -msgid "Fill the text-fields with the required personal data and click Apply. When applying these details with Pidgin and/or LibreOffice installed, you will be prompted to update their settings as well." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:154 +msgid "Check Domain Name Servers (DNS)" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: warning/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:45 -msgid "If the personal data inserted in the First Name and Last Name text-fields differ from the existing values held in /etc/passwd, you'll be prompted to insert your password as a security measure to prevent unwanted updates to your personal information." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:156 +msgid "Open a terminal (AccessoriesTerminal Emulator), type the command nmcli device show then press the Enter key. Look for the entries under IP4.DNS" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:47 -msgid "Read more at the Mugshot official documentation." +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:158 +msgid "To check if the listed DNS works, open a terminal (AccessoriesTerminal Emulator), type the command dig xubuntu.org then press the Enter key. If you see the word NOERROR in the header section of the output, your DNS is working." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:51 -msgid "Customizing the appearance" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/troubleshooting.xml:160 +msgid "If there are no DNS settings listed, contact your Internet Service Provider (ISP), and find out your primary and secondary domain name servers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:53 -msgid "If you want to customize the appearance of your Xubuntu system, the options are many. Here are a few good starting points." +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:14 +msgid "Upgrading" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:57 -msgid "Changing your wallpaper" +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:17 +msgid "Upgrading Xubuntu" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:59 -msgid "You can easily change your desktop wallpaper by navigating to Settings ManagerDesktop, or alternatively, by right clicking on your desktop and selecting the Desktop Settings... option. Where you have multiple workspaces, you can choose to have the same wallpaper across all workspaces, or use a different wallpaper for each workspace by deselecting Apply to all workspaces and moving the dialogue to each workspace individually and selecting a different wallpaper." +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:19 +msgid "New regular releases of Xubuntu are released every 6 months and Long Term Support (LTS) releases every 2 years. Currently, regular releases are supported for 9 months and LTS releases for 3 years." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:61 -msgid "Once the Desktop settings dialog is open, the Background tab gives you options for configuring the look of your desktop background. You can choose to use a single image or multiple images as wallpaper or you can use a color scheme." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:63 -msgid "The location of the images in the Wallpaper for my desktop pane is controlled by the Folder: option. By bringing up this pick list, you can choose an alternate location for the source of your images. If you want to add one or more of your images to this list for future use, you can copy or symlink them to /usr/share/xfce4/backdrops/ (requires administrative privileges)." +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:20 +msgid "The Software Updater will inform you when a new version for your upgrade path is available for download. To change the upgrade path, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:65 -msgid "If you choose a location that contains multiple images, you have the option of varying the background by switching to each of the images in that location. By checking Change the background, you have several time-based criteria to choose from, the last of which, Chronologically, will sort the pictures by filename and then go through them in that order, spread out equally over one day." +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:21 +msgid "Upgrades usually take a while to complete. Typically, around 1000 MB of packages must be downloaded and installed, although the actual figure depends on how many packages are already installed on your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:67 -msgid "Xfdesktop supports xinerama and multi-monitor setups. With more than one display/monitor connected, the Background tab will always reflect the settings of the monitor where the dialog is positioned. This allows each monitor to have its own settings. Just drag the dialog to the monitor on which you want to edit the settings." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:24 +msgid "Upgrading to the next available release" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:69 -msgid "If you want to set any of your own images as the wallpaper, the easiest way to achieve this is:" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:27 +msgid "Go to Settings ManagerSoftware Updater and wait for the list of available updates to be downloaded" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:73 -msgid "Open Thunar and navigate to the directory with the image" +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:28 +msgid "If a new version of Xubuntu is available, a box at the top of the window will appear saying that a new distribution release is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:74 -msgid "Right-click the image and select Set as wallpaper from the context menu" +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:29 +msgid "To upgrade to the next available release, save all of your open documents and click the Upgrade button in Settings ManagerSoftware Updater" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: caution/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:77 -msgid "With multiple monitors, this setting will only change the wallpaper for the currently active monitor. To change the wallpaper for other monitors, move the dialog to each other monitor to access their settings." +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:32 +msgid "If you are not getting an upgrade notification, or aren't seeing the release you are expecting to upgrade to, see ." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:79 -msgid "Read more at the Xfdesktop official documentation." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:36 +msgid "Changing your upgrade path" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:83 -msgid "Customizing your panel configuration" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:38 +msgid "There are two main upgrade paths you can follow: either upgrade to long-term support (LTS) releases only, or upgrade to all releases." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:85 -msgid "If you don't like the default panel configuration, including the positioning or the applets installed by default, follow the steps below to customize the panel configuration:" +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:39 +msgid "If you decide to follow the LTS upgrade path, you will be notified of new releases every two years. If you decide to follow the regular releases upgrade path, you will be notified of new releases every 6 months. You can change from regular to LTS upgrade path once you have reached the next LTS release." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:90 -msgid "Right-click on the panel" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:41 +msgid "If you want to change your upgrade path, you can do it when running an LTS version. To do so, choose one of the following options:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:91 -msgid "From the context menu, select Panel Panel Preferences" +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:43 +msgid "Navigate to SoftwareSoftware & Updates and select the Updates tab. In the Updates tab, select either For any new version or For long-term support versions from the Notify me of a new Ubuntu version dropdown menu depending on your choice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:93 -msgid "In the Display tab, you can control the panel's size and positioning, including:" +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:44 +msgid "Open the AccessoriesTerminal Emulator and run sudo edit /etc/update-manager/release-upgrades and change the line starting with prompt= to prompt=normal (for all releases) or prompt=lts (for LTS releases) depending on your choice" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:95 -msgid "Displaying the panel vertically along either side of the screen" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:47 +msgid "If you are running a regular release that is not immediately followed by an LTS release, you should not change the upgrade target to long-term support (LTS) releases only." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:96 -msgid "Moving the panel to the bottom or the right by unchecking Lock panel, grabbing the handle which appears at either side of the panel and dragging it" +#. (itstool) path: caution/para +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:48 +msgid "Upgrading an LTS version to anything other than another LTS version will lose the long term support." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:97 -msgid "Extending the panel across multiple monitors" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:52 +msgid "Upgrading to the development version" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:99 -msgid "In the Appearance tab, you can pick another background for the panel and regulate its transparency" +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:54 +msgid "Development releases often suffer from package breakages and other problems. Only install a development release if you are prepared to attempt to fix these problems for yourself or if you want to help the Xubuntu team by testing and giving feedback." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:100 -msgid "In the Items tab, you can add, remove and rearrange panel applets and other items" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:55 +msgid "You will need to be running the latest regular version to be able to upgrade to the version currently under development." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:101 -msgid "If you add a Launcher in the Items tab you can then edit the Launcher to run any application you have installed" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:56 +msgid "If you would like to install and test the latest development version of Xubuntu before it is released, run update-manager -c -d at the command line. This will allow you to upgrade to the current development release. Please consider getting involved with reporting usage of development versions and associated packages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:106 -msgid "Changing your desktop themes" +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:60 +msgid "Notifications of new Xubuntu versions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:108 -msgid "There are three types of desktop themes:" +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:62 +msgid "This section of the Software Updater deals with the way you wish future versions to be given to you. You have three options:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:111 -msgid "xfwm themes - control how your window borders look. To change your xfwm theme, go to Settings ManagerWindow Manager. In the Style tab, select a new theme to change the window borders appearance." +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:64 +msgid "For any new version - You will get notifications of all new releases, once in 6 months." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:114 -msgid "GTK themes - control how the content of the windows looks. To change your GTK theme, go to Settings ManagerAppearance. In the Style tab, select a new theme to change the window content appearance. The tool gtk-theme-config will also allow you to customize your window look." +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:65 +msgid "For long-term support versions - You will get notifications of new Long-term Support (LTS) releases, once in 2 years." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:117 -msgid "Icon themes - control how your icons look. To change your icon theme, go to Settings ManagerAppearance. In the Icons tab, select a new theme to change the icon appearance. Note that not all icon sets will work well with dark panel/window backgrounds!" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:123 -msgid "If the default selection of themes doesn't satisfy you, you can download and install new themes. Some new themes can be installed from the Ubuntu repositories, and more can be found on the Internet, for example on Xfce-look.org." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:127 -msgid "If you install new themes from the repositories, they should appear automatically in the Settings Manager. If you download a theme from any other site, you need to install the theme before it will appear in the Settings Manager. To do this, extract the theme package and copy them to:" +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:66 +msgid "Never - You will not get notifications of new releases." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:133 -msgid "xfwm and GTK themes:" +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:69 +msgid "Opting in for Long-term Support (LTS) notifications is usually the recommended option, especially if you are running Xubuntu on a production machine and/or need maximum stability." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:135 -msgid " /home/username/.themes/ (this user only)" +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: user-docs/C/upgrading.xml:70 +msgid "It is not recommended to user the Never setting. Unless you remember to manually upgrade often enough, this will leave you with an unsupported system. Additionally, you will be missing out on bug fixes, updates for potential security problems and hardware support improvements." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:136 -msgid " /usr/share/themes/ (all users)" +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:14 +msgid "User Management" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:139 -msgid "Icon themes:" +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:16 +msgid "For security reasons, administrative tasks in Xubuntu can only be performed by users with special privileges. The first user account created during installation will, by default, be able to perform administrative tasks." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:141 -msgid " /home/username/.icons/ (this user only)" +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:18 +msgid "When you run an application that requires administrative privileges, you will be asked to enter your password. This helps protect your system from malicious activity and lessens the chance that you will accidentally change the way your system works." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:142 -msgid " /usr/share/icons/ (all users)" +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:20 +msgid "Each time you type your password in a terminal session, it will be remembered for 15 minutes, so that you do not have to type it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:148 -msgid "If these directories do not exist, you should create them first. Copying themes or icons for all users will require administrative privileges." +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:22 +msgid "Users must be a member of the 'sudo' group in order to carry out administrative operations. Information on how to change groups can be found below." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:152 -msgid "Disabling and modifying the desktop effects" +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:25 +msgid "Users and groups" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/settings-preferences.xml:154 -msgid "While Xubuntu doesn't come with many desktop effects, the Xfce compositor is enabled by default. In the default Xubuntu configuration, the Xfce compositor is used to draw shadows for windows and to enable translucent panels. If you have a low-end GPU or you don't like the desktop effects mentioned, you can turn off the compositor or change the settings by navigating to Settings ManagerWindow Manager Tweaks and in the Compositor tab either unticking Enable display compositing or modifying settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:14 -msgid "Software Management" +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:27 +msgid "When Xubuntu is installed, only one user account is created. If multiple users use the computer, it is highly encouraged to create separate user accounts for everyone. This allows users to have their individual settings, files and access rights." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:16 -msgid "Software that is readily available to install on Xubuntu is stored in online software repositories which contain trusted software. Software repositories on Linux are similar to the software catalogs used by desktop app stores like the Microsoft Store and Mac App Store, or mobile app stores like the Google Play Store and Apple's App Store." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:29 +msgid "To modify the users or groups on your system, navigate to Settings ManagerUsers and Groups." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:18 -msgid "These repositories store software packages, which are the individual components that collectively make up the software your computer uses. The software packages are stored in this fashion so that they can be shared by different programs. Xubuntu's software repositories are organized and maintained by OS (Operating System) maintainers and contain a large selection of free and open source software. OS maintainers ensure that the software functions properly and does not contain spyware or viruses." +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:31 +msgid "You need administrative rights to make changes to users and groups." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:20 -msgid "Xubuntu comes with applications which make it easy for users to install, update, and uninstall software from repositories." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:34 +msgid "Managing users" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:23 -msgid "Software Center (install) is an app store which is good for new users because it makes it easy to discover desktop applications. The list of available software can be expanded with the installation of plugins for the snap package repository (install) and the flatpak package repository (install)." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:36 +msgid "To add a new user:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:24 -msgid "Snap Store (install) is an app store for the management of applications that use the snap package management system. Snap applications are confined for extra security, update automatically, and can run across many different Linux distributions. The Snap Store is also available as a web interface." +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:39 +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:66 +msgid "Click the Add button" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:25 -msgid "Synaptic (install) is a package manager with a GUI (Graphical User Interface) for users who want more control over package management. It has options to view installation history, view packages by repository, and lock a package to a particular version." +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:40 +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:67 +msgid "Enter your password" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:26 -msgid "apt or apt-get is a CLI (Command-Line Interface) tool for package management that provides similar functionality to Synaptic and is beneficial for those who don't have access to a GUI or prefer to use the terminal. For information on the basic apt commands, see the Ubuntu apt documentation." +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:41 +msgid "Fill in the Name and Username" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:27 -msgid "snap (install) is a command-line utility for the management of snap packaged applications. For information on the basic snap commands, see the Getting started documentation and the download and offline install tutorial." +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:42 +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:70 +msgid "Click the OK button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:30 -msgid "You will need administrative access to add, update, and remove software and you can only utilize one package manager at a time for package management. There are additional app stores and package managers including Flathub, AppImageHub, Ubuntu Mate Software Boutique, AppGrid, Aptitude (install)." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:45 +msgid "If you want to give a user administrative rights to the system:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:33 -msgid "Using Software Center" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:48 +msgid "Select the user whose account type you want to change and press the Change... button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:35 -msgid "You can launch the Gnome Software Center from the Applications Menu (Ctrl + Escape) or Application Finder (Alt + F3). It will be named Software and is found by default in the Favorites category, so it will be visible once you open the Applications Menu." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:49 +msgid "Enter your password if prompted to do so" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:39 -msgid "Once launched, you will be on the Explore tab of the Gnome Software, which allows you to browse the categories or click the search button in the title bar, to easily find an application by name or keyword. When you click on an application, you will arrive at its information page, which contains its description, images, website link, reviews, and other details. On this page you have the option to either install, launch, or remove the application, as well as write a review." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:50 +msgid "Select the Administrator option (or select Desktop User to revert)" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:41 -msgid "The other two tabs in the title bar are Installed and Updates. The Installed tab lists all the applications installed on the system and provides easy access to remove them. The Updates tab shows which applications are eligible for updating and it also has a Refresh button in the title bar to search for new updates." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:51 +msgid "Press OK to apply the selected changes" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: caution/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:43 -msgid "Some applications depend on others being installed in order to work properly. If you try to remove an application which is needed by another application, both of them will be removed. You will be asked to confirm that this is what you want to happen before the applications are removed." +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:54 +msgid "For more fine-grained access control, click the Advanced Settings button in the User Settings dialog, enter your password, click the User Privileges tab and from there select or deselect the desired options." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:45 -msgid "Gnome Software does not remove the software package dependencies that get installed with an application. To remove any dependencies that are no longer needed by the system, run sudo apt autoremove in a terminal. Before agreeing to the removal, check that the packages being marked for removal are the expected ones." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:56 +msgid "To remove a user from the system, select the user you want to delete and click the Delete button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:49 -msgid "Software Repositories" +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:60 +msgid "Managing groups" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:51 -msgid "The Ubuntu software repositories contain thousands of applications curated from the best FOSS (Free and Open Source Software) for both entertainment and productivity. Management of these software repositories and additional ones is possible in the Software & Updates app found in the Settings category of the Applications Menu, as well as in the Settings Manager. It can also be opened through the Gear button menu in the title bar of Gnome Software or the Application button menu found on the left corner of the title bar." +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:62 +msgid "To add a new group:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:55 -msgid "On the Ubuntu Software tab, you can enable and disable the main four Ubuntu software repositories, as well as select the server where the downloaded packages should come from. The Other Software tab allows you to enable, disable, add, edit, and remove extra online and offline repositories." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:65 +msgid "Click the Manage Groups button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:59 -msgid "Installing Third-Party Apps" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:68 +msgid "Choose a name for the new group and, if you want, change the default value for the Group ID" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:61 -msgid "For applications that aren’t available or outdated in the software repositories, users can visit the software author’s website and download their Linux or Ubuntu installation file. This file will have a .deb file extension and is a Debian software package. Once downloaded, simply open the file, and it will open in Gnome Software with the option to install. Alternatively, it can be installed through the GDebi Package Installer (install)." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:69 +msgid "At this time, you have the option of selecting Group Members from the list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:63 -msgid "Some application authors may provide a third-party repository, known as a PPA (Personal Package Archive), which can be added to your system. Other application authors may provide their software in the form of an installable Flatpak or as an AppImage, which runs without installation." +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:73 +msgid "To remove a group from the system, click on the Manage Groups button, select the group you want to delete and click the Delete button." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:65 -msgid "Only download third-party apps from trusted sources in order to limit the risk of getting malware, junkware, or ransomware. If you’d like to install Windows applications, please see ." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:79 +msgid "Customizing your personal info" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:69 -msgid "Software Updates" +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:81 +msgid "Mugshot is a lightweight user configuration utility that allows you to easily set the profile image and user details for your user profile and any supported applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:71 -msgid "In order to keep your system updated and protected from potential security issues, Xubuntu has a software updates notifier running in the background. It checks for updates once a week and when updates are found, the Software Updater app will launch." +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:83 +msgid "To launch Mugshot navigate to Settings ManagerAbout Me." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:73 -msgid "To disable the software updates notifier service, disable the Update Notifier entry in the Application Autostart tab of the Session and Startup app. However, this is not recommended." +#. (itstool) path: section/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:85 +msgid "To change your profile image, click the image button on the left of the GUI, select one of the given options and follow the instructions." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:76 -msgid "Software Updater" +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:87 +msgid "Mugshot requires the installation of gstreamer1.0-tools package to use the Capture from camera... feature." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:78 -msgid "To manually check for software updates, you can open the Software Updater found in the Settings category of the Applications Menu as well as in the System category of the Settings Manager. Once opened, it will query the software repositories, compare the software list against the versions installed on your system, and present those that can be updated." +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:89 +msgid "Fill the text-fields with the required personal data and click Apply. When applying these details with Pidgin and/or LibreOffice installed, you will be prompted to update their settings as well." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:84 -msgid "Update Check Settings" +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:91 +msgid "If the personal data inserted in the First Name and Last Name text-fields differ from the existing values held in /etc/passwd, you'll be prompted to insert your password as a security measure to prevent unwanted updates to your personal information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:86 -msgid "You can set how often the Software Updater checks for updates, which updates to check for and what should happen when updates are found. These settings can be accessed when Software Updater is run by clicking the Settings... button at the bottom left. Pressing this will open the Software & Updates dialog with the Updates tab selected." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/para -#: user-docs/C/software-management.xml:90 -msgid "Software Updater will also notify you when a new version of Xubuntu is available. Learn more in the ." +#: user-docs/C/user-management.xml:93 +msgid "Read more at the Mugshot official documentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title @@ -4609,39 +5679,39 @@ msgstr "" #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:21 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:25 msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/what_is_xubuntu/xubuntu_emblem.png' md5='fac9bce6114eecb3e01a21f60d476891'" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/what_is_xubuntu/xubuntu_emblem.png' md5='fac9bce6114eecb3e01a21f60d476891'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:22 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:30 msgid "Xubuntu is an elegant and easy-to-use desktop operating system that comes with the Xfce desktop environment, making it stable, light on resources and configurable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:25 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:33 msgid "It is perfect for those who want to make the most of their desktops, laptops and netbooks, featuring a modern look and enough features for efficient daily usage. It also works well on older hardware, single-board computers like the Raspberry Pi, and the Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:28 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:36 msgid "Xubuntu was first released in 2006. It is a community-developed project led by the Xubuntu team. The team is made up of volunteers who work on different aspects of the project including design, programming, marketing, testing, website, documentation, and administration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:31 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:39 msgid "Find out more at the Xubuntu website or on Wikipedia." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:36 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:44 msgid "About the Name" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:37 -msgid "The \"X\" in Xubuntu stands for Xfce, the user interface and bundled core applications that come with Xubuntu. The “ubuntu” in Xubuntu denotes its relationship with the Ubuntu base upon which the operating system is built. Xubuntu is pronounced “zoo-bun-too”." +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:45 +msgid "The X in Xubuntu stands for Xfce, the user interface and bundled core applications that come with Xubuntu. The ubuntu in Xubuntu denotes its relationship with the Ubuntu base upon which the operating system is built. Xubuntu is pronounced zoo-bun-too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata @@ -4649,18 +5719,18 @@ msgstr "" #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:40 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:52 msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/what_is_xubuntu/what_makes_xubuntu.png' md5='a039badd059401159a950e741b5dd18c'" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/what_is_xubuntu/what_makes_xubuntu.png' md5='bc160d44e96a363d357b393d3c30ee29'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:41 -msgid "The word \"ubuntu\" represents the philosophical core of the operating system. Ubuntu can be roughly translated as \"humanity towards others.\" To read more about the philosophy and ideals behind Ubuntu and Xubuntu, please refer to the Ubuntu Philosophy page." +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:57 +msgid "The word ubuntu represents the philosophical core of the operating system. Ubuntu can be roughly translated as humanity towards others. To read more about the philosophy and ideals behind Ubuntu and Xubuntu, please refer to the Ubuntu Philosophy page." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:47 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:63 msgid "Releases and Version Numbers" msgstr "" @@ -4669,43 +5739,43 @@ msgstr "" #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:48 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:68 msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/what_is_xubuntu/version_numbers.png' md5='2539cc3d704bf031898f661e8d73163a'" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/what_is_xubuntu/version_numbers.png' md5='2539cc3d704bf031898f661e8d73163a'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:49 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:73 msgid "Xubuntu produces a new Long Term Support (LTS) release every 2 years. These releases are supported for 3 years and are a popular choice for users that prefer stability over new features. Every 6 months, a new interim release is made available for users who want to use the latest features at the cost of a shorter, 9-month support cycle. New releases are produced every April and October." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:53 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:77 msgid "Xubuntu follows the Ubuntu version numbering scheme, which is based on the distribution release date. The first part of the release denotes the year, while the second part denotes the month. For example, the first official Xubuntu version was released in June, 2006, thus its version number was 6.06." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:59 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:83 msgid "Editions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:60 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:84 msgid "There are two editions of Xubuntu: Xubuntu Desktop and Xubuntu Core. Xubuntu Desktop targets the regular user and comes with a collection of preinstalled software carefully curated by the Xubuntu team. It includes a suite of tools appropriate for most tasks, from image and document editing to web browsing and more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:63 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:87 msgid "Xubuntu Core is a slimmed-down edition of Xubuntu Desktop, with apps just for the basic tasks, such as file management and terminal emulation. This results in a smaller download ISO, with fewer preinstalled plugins and libraries, that will be even lighter on resources. This edition is targeting users who want to install just the apps they want to suit their specific needs from a cleaner base, so they can create their own custom OS." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:71 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:95 msgid "What Makes Up Xubuntu" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:74 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:98 msgid "Free and Open Source Software" msgstr "" @@ -4714,18 +5784,18 @@ msgstr "" #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:75 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:103 msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/what_is_xubuntu/gnu.png' md5='c8354f7e7dc1445bf0258e23604464e9'" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/what_is_xubuntu/gnu.png' md5='c8354f7e7dc1445bf0258e23604464e9'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:76 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:108 msgid "The Xubuntu project is entirely committed to the principles of free software development where people are encouraged to use software that protects their freedoms, view its source code, improve it, and pass it on. You can find out more about free software and the ideological and technical philosophy behind it at the GNU website." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:83 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:115 msgid "Linux" msgstr "" @@ -4734,18 +5804,18 @@ msgstr "" #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:84 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:120 msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/what_is_xubuntu/tux.png' md5='2edd3e362526d0d362f9285ce8e091ec'" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/what_is_xubuntu/tux.png' md5='2edd3e362526d0d362f9285ce8e091ec'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:85 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:125 msgid "Linux was brought to life in 1991 by a Finnish student named Linus Torvalds. At the heart of the Xubuntu operating system lies the Linux kernel. The kernel is an important part of any operating system, providing the communication bridge between hardware and software. Read more about Linux at the Linux kernel website." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:92 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:132 msgid "Xfce" msgstr "" @@ -4754,23 +5824,23 @@ msgstr "" #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:93 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:137 msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='../../libs-common/images/what_is_xubuntu/xfce.png' md5='776191cb981f969c651f44e6e9142f21'" +msgid "external ref='../libs/images/what_is_xubuntu/xfce.png' md5='776191cb981f969c651f44e6e9142f21'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:94 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:142 msgid "Xfce is the lightweight desktop environment used in Xubuntu. It aims to be fast and low on system resources, while still being visually appealing and user friendly. Xfce embodies the traditional UNIX philosophy of modularity and reusability. Read more about Xfce at the Xfce website." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:100 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:148 msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/para -#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:101 +#: user-docs/C/what-is-xubuntu.xml:149 msgid "Xubuntu is built on the hard work of the Debian and Ubuntu GNU/Linux distributions. Based on Ubuntu, Xubuntu supports a wide variety of hardware and provides access to a large archive of free and open source software. Much of this software, including the packages that compose the Xfce desktop environment, are made available by the Debian Xfce team." msgstr ""